view Side-By-Side changes
INTERNET-DRAFT R. W. Shirey Obsoletes: RFC 2828, FYI 36 BBN Technologies Corp. Expiration Date: 22 February 2007 22 August 2006 Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 <draft-shirey-secgloss-v2-05.txt> Status of this Memo By submitting thisThis Internet-Draft,each author represents that any applicable patent or other IPR claims of which he or she is aware havedraft-shirey-secgloss-v2-06.txt, has beenor will be disclosed, and any of which he or she becomes aware will be disclosed, in accordance with Section 6 of BCP 79. This document may not be modified, and derivative works of it may not be created, except to publish it as an RFC and to translate it into languages other than English. Internet-Drafts are working documents ofwithdrawn by theInternet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its areas,submitter, andits working groups. Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as Internet-Drafts.has been deleted from the Internet-Drafts directory. Internet-Drafts aredraft documents valid for a maximum of six monthsnot archival documents, andmay be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time. It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference material or to cite them other than a "work in progress." The listcopies ofcurrentInternet-Draftscan be accessed at http://www.ietf.org/1id-abstracts.html The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html Copyright Notice Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006). All Rights Reserved. Abstract This Glossary provides definitions, abbreviations, and explanations of terminology for information system security. The 297 pages of entries offer recommendations to improve the clarity of Internet Standards documents (ISDs) and to make them more easily understood by international readers. The recommendations follow the principlesthatISDs should (a) use the same term or definition wheneverhave been deleted from thesame concept is mentioned; (b) use terms in their plainest, dictionary sense; (c) use terms thatdirectory arealready well-established in open publications; and (d) avoid terms that either favor a particular vendor or favor a particular technology or mechanism over other, competing techniques that already exist or could be developed. Shirey Informational [Page 1] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Table of Contents Section Page ------- ---- 1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2. Format of Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2.1 Order of Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2.2 Capitalization and Abbreviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2.3 Support for Automated Searching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.4 Definition Type and Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.5 Explanatory Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.6 Cross-References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.7 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2.8not available. TheNew Punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3. Types of Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3.1 Type "I": Recommended Definitions of Internet Origin . . . 7 3.2 Type "N": Recommended Definitions of Non-Internet Origin . 7 3.3 Type "O": Other Terms and Definitions to be Noted . . . . 7 3.4 Type "D": Deprecated Terms and Definitions . . . . . . . . 8 3.5 Definition Substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 4. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5. Informative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 6. Security Considerations and IANA Considerations . . . . . . . 333 7. Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 8. Author's Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 9. Full Copyright Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Shirey Informational [Page 2] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 1. Introduction This Glossary is *not* an Internet Standard, and its recommendations represent only the opinions of its author. However, this Glossary provides reasons for its recommendations -- especially for the SHOULD NOTs -- so that readers can judge for themselves what to do. This Glossary provides an internally consistent and self-contained set of terms, abbreviations, and definitions -- supported by explanations, recommendations, and references -- for terminology that concernsSecretariat does not have any informationsystem security. The intent of this Glossary is to improve the comprehensibility of Internet Standards documents (ISDs) -- i.e., RFCs, Internet-Drafts, and other material produced as part of the Internet Standards Process (RFC 2026) -- and other Internet-related discourse. A few non-security, networking terms are included to make the Glossary self-contained, but more complete glossaries of such terms are available elsewhere [A1523, F1037, R1208, R1983]. This Glossary supports the goals of the Internet Standards Process: o Clear, Concise, Easily Understood Documentation This Glossary seeks to improve comprehensibility of security- related content of ISDs. That requires wording to be clear and understandable, and requiresregarding thesetfuture plans ofsecurity-related terms and definitions to be consistent and self-supporting. Also, terminology needs to be uniform across all ISDs; i.e.,thesame termauthor(s) ordefinition needs to be used whenever and wherever the same concept is mentioned. Harmonization of existing ISDs need not be done immediately, but it is desirable to correct and standardize terminology when new versions are issued in the normal course of standards development and evolution. o Technical Excellence Just as Internet Standard (STD) protocols should operate effectively, ISDs should use terminology accurately, precisely, and unambiguously to enable standards to be implemented correctly. o Prior Implementation and Testing Just as STD protocols require demonstrated experience and stability before adoption, ISDs need to use well-established language; and the robustness principle for protocols -- "be liberal in what you accept, and conservative in what you send" -- is also applicable to the language used in ISDs that describe protocols. Using terms in their plainest, dictionary sense (when appropriate) helps to ensure international understanding. ISDs need to avoid using private, newly invented terms in place of generally accepted terms from open publications. ISDs need to avoid substituting new definitions that conflictworking group, if applicable, withestablished Shirey Informational [Page 3] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 ones. ISDs need to avoid using "cute" synonyms (e.g., "Green Book"), because no matter how popular a nickname may be in one community, it is likely to cause confusion in another. o Openness, Fairness, and Timeliness ISDs need to avoid using proprietary and trademarked terms for purposes other than referring to those particular systems. ISDs also need to avoid terms that either favor a particular vendor or favor a particular security technology or mechanism over other, competing techniques that already exist or might be developed in the future. The set of terminology used across the set of ISDs needsrespect tobe flexible and adaptable as the state of Internet security art evolves. In support of those goals,thisGlossary provides guidance by marking terms and definitions as being either endorseddeleted Internet-Draft. For more information, ordeprecated for use in ISDs. The key words "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" are intendedtobe interpreted the same way as in an Internet Standard (i.e., as specified in RFC 2119). Other glossaries (e.g., [Raym]) list additional terms that deal with Internet security but have not been included in this Glossary because they are not appropriate for ISDs. 2. Formatrequest a copy ofEntries Section 4 presents Glossary entries inthefollowing manner: 2.1 Order of Entries Entries are sorted in lexicographic order, without regard to capitalization. Numeric digits are treated as preceding alphabetic characters, and special characters are treated as preceding digits. Blanks are treated as preceding non-blank characters, except that a hyphen or slash betweendocument, please contact theparts of a multiword entry (e.g., "RED/BLACK separation") is treated like a blank. If an entry has multiple definitions (e.g., "domain"), they are numbered beginning with "1", and any of those multiple definitions that are RECOMMENDED for use in ISDs are presented before other definitions for that entry. If definitions are closely related (e.g., "threat"), they are denoted by adding letters to a number, such as "1a" and "1b". 2.2 Capitalization and Abbreviations Entries that are proper nouns are capitalized (e.g., "Data Encryption Algorithm"), as are other words derived from proper nouns (e.g., "Caesar cipher"). All other entries are not capitalized (e.g., "certification authority"). Each acronym or other abbreviation that appears in this Glossary, either as an entry or in a definition or explanation, is defined in this Shirey Informational [Page 4] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Glossary, except items of common English usage, such as "a.k.a.", "e.g.", "etc.", "i.e.", "vol.", "pp.", and "U.S.". 2.3 Support for Automated Searching Each entry is preceded by a dollar sign ($) and a space. This makes it possible to find the defining entry for an item "X" by searching for the character string "$ X", without stopping at entries in which "X" is used in explanations. 2.4 Definition Type and Context Each entry is preceded by a character -- I, N, O, or D -- enclosed in parentheses, to indicate the type of definition (as is explained further in Section 3): - "I" for a RECOMMENDED term or definition of Internet origin. - "N" if RECOMMENDED but not of Internet origin. - "O" for a term or definition that is NOT recommended for use in ISDs but is something that authors of Internet documents should know about. - "D" for a term or definition that is deprecated and SHOULD NOT be used in Internet documents. If a definition is valid only in a specific context (e.g., "baggage"), that context is shown immediately following the definition type and is enclosed by a pair of slash symbols (/). If the definition is valid only for specific parts of speech, that is shown in the same way (e.g., "archive"). 2.5 Explanatory Notes Some entries have explanatory text that is introduced by one or more of the following keywords: - Deprecated Abbreviation (e.g., "EE", "H field", "W3") - Deprecated Definition (e.g., "digital certification") - Deprecated Usage (e.g., "authenticate") - Deprecated Term (e.g., "certificate authority") - Pronunciation (e.g., "*-property") - Derivation (e.g., "discretionary access control") - Tutorial (e.g., "accreditation") - Example (e.g., "back door") - Usage (e.g., "access") Explanatory text in this Glossary MAY be reused in other ISDs. However, such text is not intended to authoritatively supersede text of an ISD in which the Glossary entry is already used. 2.6 Cross-References Some entries contain a parenthetical remark of the form "(See: X.)", where X is a list of other, related terms. Some entries contain a remark of the form "(Compare: X)", where X is a list of Shirey Informational [Page 5] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 terms that either are antonyms of the entry or differ in some other manner worth noting. 2.7 Trademarks All servicemarks and trademarks that appear in this Glossary are used in an editorial fashion and to the benefit of the mark owner, without any intention of infringement. 2.8 The New Punctuation This Glossary uses the "new" or "logical" punctuation style favored by computer programmers, as described by Raymond [Raym]: Programmers use pairs of quotation marks the same way they use pairs of parentheses, i.e., as balanced delimiters. For example, if "Alice sends" is a phrase, and so are "Bill receives" and "Eve listens", then a programmer would write the following sentence: "Alice sends", "Bill receives", and "Eve listens". According to standard American usage, the punctuation in that sentence is incorrect; the continuation commas and the final period should go inside the string quotes, like this: "Alice sends," "Bill receives," and "Eve listens." However, a programmer would not include a character in a literal string if the character did not belong there, because that could cause an error. For example, suppose a sentence in a draft of a tutorial on the vi editing language looked like this: Then delete one line from the file by typing "dd". A book editor following standard usage might change the sentence to look like this: Then delete one line from the file by typing "dd." However, in the vi language, the dot character repeats the last command accepted. So, if a reader entered "dd.", two lines would be deleted instead of one. Similarly, use of standard American punctuation might cause misunderstanding in entries in this Glossary. Thus, the new punctuation is used here, and we recommend it for ISDs. 3. Types of Entries Each entry in this Glossary is marked as type I, N, O, or D: Shirey Informational [Page 6] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 3.1 Type "I": Recommended Definitions of Internet Origin The marking "I" indicates two things: - Origin: "I" (as opposed to "N") means either that the Internet Standards Process or Internet community is authoritative for the definition *or* that the term is sufficiently generic that this Glossary can freely state a definition without contradicting a non-Internet authority (e.g., "attack"). - Recommendation: "I" (as opposed to "O") means that the term and definition are RECOMMENDED for use in ISDs. However, some "I" entries may be accompanied by a "Usage" note that states a limitation (e.g., "certification"), and ISDs SHOULD NOT use the defined term outside that limited context. Many "I" entries are proper nouns (e.g., "Internet Protocol") for which the definition is intended only to provide basic information; i.e., the authoritative definition of such terms is found elsewhere. For a proper noun described as an "Internet protocol", please refer to the current edition of "Internet Official Protocol Standards" (Standard 1) for the standardization status of the protocol. 3.2 Type "N": Recommended Definitions of Non-Internet Origin The marking "N" indicates two things: - Origin: "N" (as opposed to "I") means that the entry has a non- Internet basis or origin. - Recommendation: "N" (as opposed to "O") means that the term and definition are RECOMMENDED for use in ISDs, if they are needed at all in ISDs. Many of these entries are accompanied by a label that states a context (e.g., "package") or a note that states a limitation (e.g., "data integrity"), and ISDs SHOULD NOT use the defined term outside that context or limit. Some of the contexts are rarely if ever expected to occur in an ISD (e.g., "baggage"). In those cases, the listing exists to make Internet authors aware of the non-Internet usage so that they can avoid conflicts with non-Internet documents. 3.3 Type "O": Other Terms and Definitions To Be Noted The marking "O" means that the definition is of non-Internet origin and SHOULD NOT be used in ISDs *except* in cases where the term is specifically identified as non-Internet. For example, an ISD might mention "BCA" (see: brand certification authority) or "baggage" as an example of some concept; in that case, the document should specifically say "SET(trademark) BCA" or "SET(trademark) baggage" and include the definition of the term. Shirey Informational [Page 7] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 3.4 Type "D": Deprecated Terms and Definitions If this Glossary recommends that a term or definition SHOULD NOT be used in ISDs, then the entry is marked as type "D", and an explanatory note -- "Deprecated Term", "Deprecated Abbreviation", "Deprecated Definition", or "Deprecated Usage" -- is provided. 3.5 Definition Substitutions Some terms have a definition published by a non-Internet authority -- a government (e.g., "object reuse"), an industry (e.g., "Secure Data Exchange"), a national authority (e.g., "Data Encryption Standard"), or an international body (e.g., "data confidentiality") -- that is suitable for use in ISDs. In those cases, this Glossary marks the definition "N", recommending its use in Internet documents. Other such terms have definitions that are inadequate or inappropriate for ISDs. For example, a definition might be outdated or too narrow, or it might need clarification by substituting more careful wording (e.g., "authentication exchange") or explanations, using other terms that are defined in this Glossary. In those cases, this Glossary marks the entry "O", and provides an "I" or "N" entry that precedes, and is intended to supersede, the "O" entry. In some cases where this Glossary provides a definition to supersede an "O" definition, the substitute is intended to subsume the meaning of the "O" entry and not conflict with it. For the term "security service", for example, the "O" definition deals narrowly with only communication services provided by layers in the OSIRM and is inadequate for the full range of ISD usage, while the new "I" definition provided by this Glossary can be used in more situations and for more kinds of service. However, the "O" definition is also listed so that ISD authors will be aware of the context in which the term is used more narrowly. When making substitutions, this Glossary attempts to avoid contradicting any non-Internet authority. Still, terminology differs between authorities such as the American Bar Association, OSI, SET, the U.S. DoD, and other authorities; and this Glossary probably is not exactly aligned with any of them. Shirey Informational [Page 8] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 4. Definitions $ *-property (N) Synonym for "confinement property" in the context of the Bell- LaPadula model. Pronunciation: star property. $ 3DES (N) See: Triple Data Encryption Algorithm. $ A1 computer system (O) /TCSEC/ See: Tutorial under "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria". (Compare: beyond A1.) $ AA (D) See: "Deprecated Abbreviation" under "attribute authority". $ ABA Guidelines (N) "American Bar Association (ABA) Digital Signature Guidelines" [DSG], a framework of legal principles for using digital signatures and digital certificates in electronic commerce. $ Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) (N) A standard for describing data objects. [Larm, X680] (See: CMS.) Usage: ISDs SHOULD use the term "ASN.1" narrowly to describe the notation or language called "Abstract Syntax Notation One". ISDs MAY use the term more broadly to encompass the notation, its associated encoding rules (see: BER), and software tools that assist in its use, when the context makes this meaning clear. Tutorial: OSIRM defines computer network functionality in layers. Protocols and data objects at higher layers are abstractly defined to be implemented using protocols and data objects from lower layers. A higher layer may define transfers of abstract objects between computers, and a lower layer may define those transfers concretely as strings of bits. Syntax is needed to specify data formats of abstract objects, and encoding rules are needed to transform abstract objects into bit strings at lower layers. OSI standards use ASN.1 for those specifications and use various encoding rules for those transformations. (See: BER.) In ASN.1, formal names are written without spaces, and separate words in a name are indicated by capitalizing the first letter of each word except the first word. For example, the name of a CRL is "certificateRevocationList". $ ACC (I) See: access control center. Shirey Informational [Page 9] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ acceptable risk (I) A risk that is understood and tolerated by a system's user, operator, owner, or accreditor, usually because the cost or difficulty of implementing an effective countermeasure for the associated vulnerability exceeds the expectation of loss. (See: adequate security, risk, "second law" under "Courtney's laws".) $ access 1a. (I) The ability and means to communicate with or otherwise interact with a system to use system resources either to handle information or to gain knowledge of the information the system contains. (Compare: handle.) Usage: The definition is intended to include all types of communication with a system, including one-way communication in either direction. In actual practice, however, passive users might be treated as not having "access" and, therefore, be exempt from most requirements of the system's security policy. (See: "passive user" under "user".) 1a. (O) "Opportunity to make use of an information system (IS) resource." [C4009] 2. (O) /formal model/ "A specific type of interaction between a subject and an object that results in the flow of information from one to the other." [NCS04] $ Access Certificate for Electronic Services (ACES) (O) A PKI operated by the U.S. Government's General Services Administration in cooperation with industry partners. (See: CAM.) $ access control 1. (I) Protection of system resources against unauthorized access. 2. (I) A process by which use of system resources is regulated according to a security policy and is permitted only by authorized entities (users, programs, processes, or other systems) according to that policy. (See: access, access control service, computer security, discretionary access control, mandatory access control, role-based access control.) 3. (I) /formal model/ Limitations on interactions between subjects and objects in an information system. 4. (O) "The prevention of unauthorized use of a resource, including the prevention of use of a resource in an unauthorized manner." [I7498-2] 5. (O) /U.S. Government/ A system using physical, electronic, or human controls to identify or admit personnel with properly authorized access to a SCIF. Shirey Informational [Page 10] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ access control center (ACC) (I) A computer that maintains a database (possibly in the form of an access control matrix) defining the security policy for an access control service, and that acts as a server for clients requesting access control decisions. Tutorial: An ACC is sometimes used in conjunction with a key center to implement access control in a key-distribution system for symmetric cryptography. (See: BLACKER, Kerberos.) $ access control list (ACL) (I) /information system/ A mechanism that implements access control for a system resource by enumerating the system entities that are permitted to access the resource and stating, either implicitly or explicitly, the access modes granted to each entity. (Compare: access control matrix, access list, access profile, capability list.) $ access control matrix (I) A rectangular array of cells, with one row per subject and one column per object. The entry in a cell -- that is, the entry for a particular subject-object pair -- indicates the access mode that the subject is permitted to exercise on the object. Each column is equivalent to an "access control list" for the object; and each row is equivalent to an "access profile" for the subject. $ access control service (I) A security service that protects against a system entity using a system resource in a way not authorized by the system's security policy. (See: access control, discretionary access control, identity-based security policy, mandatory access control, rule- based security policy.) Tutorial: This service includes protecting against use of a resource in an unauthorized manner by an entity (i.e., a principal) that is authorized to use the resource in some other manner. (See: insider.) The two basic mechanisms for implementing this service are ACLs and tickets. $ access level 1. (D) Synonym for the hierarchical "classification level" in a security level. [C4009] (See: security level.) 2. (D) Synonym for "clearance level". Deprecated Definitions: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with these definitions because they duplicate the meaning of more specific terms. Any ISD that uses this term SHOULD provide a specific definition for it because access control may be based on many attributes other than classification level and clearance level. Shirey Informational [Page 11] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ access list (I) /physical security/ Roster of persons who are authorized to enter a controlled area. (Compare: access control list.) $ access mode (I) A distinct type of data processing operation (e.g., read, write, append, or execute, or a combination of operations) that a subject can potentially perform on an object in an information system. [Huff] (See: read, write.) $ access policy (I) A kind of "security policy". (See: access, access control.) $ access profile (O) Synonym for "capability list". Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because the definition is not widely known. $ access right (I) Synonym for "authorization"; emphasizes the possession of the authorization by a system entity. $ accountability (I) The property of a system or system resource that ensures that the actions of a system entity may be traced uniquely to that entity, which can then be held responsible for its actions. [Huff] (See: audit service.) Tutorial: Accountability (a.k.a. individual accountability) typically requires a system ability to positively associate the identity of a user with the time, method, and mode of the user's access to the system. This ability supports detection and subsequent investigation of security breaches. Individual persons who are system users are held accountable for their actions after being notified of the rules of behavior for using the system and the penalties associated with violating those rules. $ accounting See: COMSEC accounting. $ accounting legend code (ALC) (O) /U.S. Government/ Numeric system used to indicate the minimum accounting controls required for items of COMSEC material within the CMCS. [C4009] (See: COMSEC accounting.) $ accreditation (N) An administrative action by which a designated authority declares that an information system is approved to operate in a particular security configuration with a prescribed set of safeguards. [FP102, SP37] (See: certification.) Shirey Informational [Page 12] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: An accreditation is usually based on a technical certification of the system's security mechanisms. To accredit a system, the approving authority must determine that any residual risk is an acceptable risk. Although the terms "certification" and "accreditation" are used more in the U.S. DoD and other government agencies than in commercial organizations, the concepts apply any place where managers are required to deal with and accept responsibility for security risks. For example, the American Bar Association is developing accreditation criteria for CAs. $ accreditation boundary (O) Synonym for "security perimeter". [C4009] $ accreditor (N) A management official who has been designated to have the formal authority to "accredit" an information system, i.e., to authorize the operation of, and the processing of sensitive data in, the system and to accept the residual risk associated with the system. (See: accreditation, residual risk.) $ ACES (O) See: Access Certificate for Electronic Services. $ ACL (I) See: access control list. $ acquirer 1. (O) /SET/ "The financial institution that establishes an account with a merchant and processes payment card authorizations and payments." [SET1] 2. (O) /SET/ "The institution (or its agent) that acquires from the card acceptor the financial data relating to the transaction and initiates that data into an interchange system." [SET2] $ activation data (N) Secret data, other than keys, that is required to access a cryptographic module. (See: CIK. Compare: initialization value.) $ active attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". $ active content 1a. (I) Executable software that is bound to a document or other data file and that executes automatically when a user accesses the file, without explicit initiation by the user. (Compare: mobile code.) Tutorial: Active content can be mobile code when its associated file is transferred across a network. 1b. (O) "Electronic documents that can carry out or trigger Shirey Informational [Page 13] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 actions automatically on a computer platform without the intervention of a user. [This technology enables] mobile code associated with a document to execute as the document is rendered." [SP28] $ active user (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". $ active wiretapping (I) A wiretapping attack that attempts to alter data being communicated or otherwise affect data flow. (See: wiretapping. Compare: active attack, passive wiretapping.) $ add-on security (N) The retrofitting of protection mechanisms, implemented by hardware or software, in an information system after the system has become operational. [FP039] (Compare: baked-in security.) $ adequate security (O) /U.S. DoD/ "Security commensurate with the risk and magnitude of harm resulting from the loss, misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification of information." (See: acceptable risk, residual risk.) $ administrative security 1. (I) Management procedures and constraints to prevent unauthorized access to a system. (See: "third law" under "Courtney's laws", operational security, procedural security, security architecture. Compare: technical security.) Examples: Clear delineation and separation of duties; configuration control. Usage: Administrative security is usually understood to consist of methods and mechanisms that are implemented and executed primarily by people, rather than by automated systems. 2. (O) "The management constraints, operational procedures, accountability procedures, and supplemental controls established to provide an acceptable level of protection for sensitive data." [FP039] $ administrator 1. (O) /Common Criteria/ A person that is responsible for configuring, maintaining, and administering the TOE in a correct manner for maximum security. (See: administrative security.) 2. (O) /ITSEC/ A person in contact with the TOE, who is responsible for maintaining its operational capability. $ Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) (N) A U.S. Government standard [FP197] (the successor to DES) that Shirey Informational [Page 14] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 (a) specifies "the AES algorithm", which is a symmetric block cipher that is based on Rijndael and uses key sizes of 128, 192, or 256 bits to operate on a 128-bit block, and (b) states policy for using that algorithm to protect unclassified, sensitive data. Tutorial: Rijndael was designed to handle additional block sizes and key lengths that were not adopted in the AES. Rijndael was selected by NIST through a public competition that was held to find a successor to the DEA; the other finalists were MARS, RC6, Serpent, and Twofish. $ adversary 1. (I) An entity that attacks a system. (Compare: cracker, intruder, hacker.) 2. (I) An entity that is a threat to a system. $ AES (N) See: Advanced Encryption Standard. $ Affirm (O) A formal methodology, language, and integrated set of software tools developed at the University of Southern California's Information Sciences Institute for specifying, coding, and verifying software to produce correct and reliable programs. [Cheh] $ aggregation (I) A circumstance in which a collection of information items is required to be classified at a higher security level than any of the items is classified individually. (See: classification.) $ AH (I) See: Authentication Header $ air gap (I) An interface between two systems at which (a) they are not connected physically and (b) any logical connection is not automated (i.e., data is transferred through the interface only manually, under human control). (See: sneaker net. Compare: gateway.) Example: Computer A and computer B are on opposite sides of a room. To move data from A to B, a person carries a floppy disk across the room. If A and B operate in different security domains, than moving data across the air gap may involve an upgrade or downgrade operation. $ ALC (O) See: accounting legend code. Shirey Informational [Page 15] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ algorithm (I) A finite set of step-by-step instructions for a problem- solving or computation procedure, especially one that can be implemented by a computer. (See: cryptographic algorithm.) $ alias (I) A name that an entity uses in place of its real name, usually for the purpose of either anonymity or masquerade. $ Alice and Bob (I) The parties that are most often called upon to illustrate the operation of bipartite security protocols. These and other dramatis personae are listed by Schneier [Schn]. $ American National Standards Institute (ANSI) (N) A private, not-for-profit association that administers U.S. private sector voluntary standards. Tutorial: ANSI has approximately 1,000 member organizations, including equipment users, manufacturers, and others. These include commercial firms, government agencies, and other institutions and international entities. ANSI is the sole U.S. representative to (a) ISO and (b) (via the U.S. National Committee) the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), which are the two major, non-treaty, international standards organizations. ANSI provides a forum for ANSI-accredited standards development groups. Among those groups, the following are especially relevant to Internet security: - International Committee for Information Technology Standardization (INCITS) (formerly X3): Primary U.S. focus of standardization in information and communications technologies, encompassing storage, processing, transfer, display, management, organization, and retrieval of information. Example: [A3092]. - Accredited Standards Committee X9: Develops, establishes, maintains, and promotes standards for the financial services industry. Example: [A9009]. - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS): Develops standards, specifications, guidelines, requirements, technical reports, industry processes, and verification tests for interoperability and reliability of telecommunications networks, equipment, and software. Example: [A1523]. $ American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) (N) A scheme that encodes 128 specified characters -- the numbers 0-9, the letters a-z and A-Z, some basic punctuation symbols, some control codes that originated with Teletype machines, and a blank space -- into the 7-bit binary integers. Forms the basis of the character set representations used in most computers and many Shirey Informational [Page 16] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Internet standards. [FP001] (See: code.) $ Anderson report (O) A 1972 study of computer security that was written by James P. Anderson for the U.S. Air Force [Ande]. Tutorial: Anderson collaborated with a panel of experts to study Air Force requirements for multilevel security. The study recommended research and development that was urgently needed to provide secure information processing for command and control systems and support systems. The report introduced the reference monitor concept and provided development impetus for computer and network security technology. However, many of the security problems that the 1972 report called "current" still plague information systems today. $ anomaly detection (I) A intrusion detection method that searches for activity that is different from the normal behavior of system entities and system resources. (See: IDS. Compare: misuse detection.) $ anonymity (I) The condition of an identity being unknown or concealed. (See: alias, anonymizer, anonymous credential, anonymous login, identity, onion routing, persona certificate. Compare: privacy.) Tutorial: An application may require security services that maintain anonymity of users or other system entities, perhaps to preserve their privacy or hide them from attack. To hide an entity's real name, an alias may be used; for example, a financial institution may assign account numbers. Parties to transactions can thus remain relatively anonymous, but can also accept the transactions as legitimate. Real names of the parties cannot be easily determined by observers of the transactions, but an authorized third party may be able to map an alias to a real name, such as by presenting the institution with a court order. In other applications, anonymous entities may be completely untraceable. $ anonymizer (I) A internetwork service, usually provided via a proxy server, that provides anonymity and privacy for clients. That is, the service enables a client to access servers (a) without allowing anyone to gather information about which servers the client accesses and (b) without allowing the accessed servers to gather information about the client, such as its IP address. $ anonymous credential (D) /U.S. Government/ A credential that (a) can be used to authenticate a person as having a specific attribute or being a member of a specific group (e.g., military veterans or U.S. citizens) but (b) does not reveal the individual identity of the person that presents the credential. [M0404] (See: anonymity.) Shirey Informational [Page 17] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. For example, when the credential is an X.509 certificate, the term could be misunderstood to mean that the certificate was signed by a CA that has a persona certificate. Instead, use "attribute certificate", "organizational certificate", or "persona certificate" depending on what is meant, and provide additional explanations as needed. $ anonymous login (I) An access control feature (actually, an access control vulnerability) in many Internet hosts that enables users to gain access to general-purpose or public services and resources of a host (such as allowing any user to transfer data using FTP) without having a pre-established, identity-specific account (i.e., user name and password). (See: anonymity.) Tutorial: This feature exposes a system to more threats than when all the users are known, pre-registered entities that are individually accountable for their actions. A user logs in using a special, publicly known user name (e.g., "anonymous", "guest", or "ftp"). To use the public login name, the user is not required to know a secret password and may not be required to input anything at all except the name. In other cases, to complete the normal sequence of steps in a login protocol, the system may require the user to input a matching, publicly known password (such as "anonymous") or may ask the user for an e-mail address or some other arbitrary character string. $ ANSI (N) See: American National Standards Institute. $ anti-jam (N) "Measures ensuring that transmitted information can be received despite deliberate jamming attempts." [C4009] (See: electronic security, frequency hopping, jam, spread spectrum.) $ apex trust anchor (N) The trust anchor that is superior to all other trust anchors in a particular system or context. (See: trust anchor, top CA.) $ API (I) See: application programming interface. $ APOP (I) See: POP3 APOP. $ Application Layer See: Internet Protocol Suite, OSIRM. $ application program (I) A computer program that performs a specific function directly Shirey Informational [Page 18] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 for a user (as opposed to a program that is part of a computer operating system and exists to perform functions in support of application programs). $ architecture (I) See: security architecture, system architecture. $ archive 1a. (I) /noun/ A collection of data that is stored for a relatively long period of time for historical and other purposes, such as to support audit service, availability service, or system integrity service. (Compare: backup, repository.) 1b. (I) /verb/ To store data in such a way as to create an archive. (Compare: back up.) Tutorial: A digital signature may need to be verified many years after the signing occurs. The CA -- the one that issued the certificate containing the public key needed to verify that signature -- may not stay in operation that long. So every CA needs to provide for long-term storage of the information needed to verify the signatures of those to whom it issues certificates. $ ARPANET (I) Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) Network, a pioneer packet-switched network that (a) was designed, implemented, operated, and maintained by BBN from January 1969 until July 1975 under contract to the U.S. Government; (b) led to the development of today's Internet; and (c) was decommissioned in June 1990. [B4799, Hafn] $ ASCII (N) See: American Standard Code for Information Interchange. $ ASN.1 (N) See: Abstract Syntax Notation One. $ asset (I) A system resource that is (a) required to be protected by an information system's security policy, (b) intended to be protected by a countermeasure, or (c) required for a system's mission. $ association (I) A cooperative relationship between system entities, usually for the purpose of transferring information between them. (See: security association.) $ assurance See: security assurance. $ assurance level (N) A rank on a hierarchical scale that judges the confidence Shirey Informational [Page 19] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 someone can have that a TOE adequately fulfills stated security requirements. (See: assurance, certificate policy, EAL, TCSEC.) Example: U.S. Government guidance [M0404] describes four assurance levels for identity authentication, where each level "describes the [Government] agency's degree of certainty that the user has presented [a credential] that refers to [the user's] identity." In that guidance, "assurance is defined as (a) "the degree of confidence in the vetting process used to establish the identity of the individual to whom the credential was issued" and (b) "the degree of confidence that the individual who uses the credential is the individual to whom the credential was issued." The four levels are described as follows: - Level 1: Little or no confidence in the asserted identity. - Level 2: Some confidence in the asserted identity. - Level 3: High confidence in the asserted identity. - Level 4: Very high confidence in the asserted identity. Standards for determining these levels are provided in a NIST publication [SP12]. However, as noted there, an assurance level is "a degree of confidence, not a true measure of how secure the system actually is. This distinction is necessary because it is extremely difficult -- and in many cases virtually impossible -- to know exactly how secure a system is." $ asymmetric cryptography (I) A modern branch of cryptography (popularly known as "public- key cryptography") in which the algorithms use a pair of keys (a public key and a private key) and use a different component of the pair for each of two counterpart cryptographic operations (e.g., encryption and decryption, or signature creation and signature verification). (See: key pair, symmetric cryptography.) Tutorial: Asymmetric algorithms have key management advantages over equivalently strong symmetric ones. First, one key of the pair need not be known by anyone but its owner; so it can more easily be kept secret. Second, although the other key is shared by all entities that use the algorithm, that key need not be kept secret from other, non-using entities; thus, the key-distribution part of key management can be done more easily. Asymmetric cryptography can be used to create algorithms for encryption, digital signature, and key agreement: - In an asymmetric encryption algorithm (e.g., "RSA"), when Alice wants to ensure confidentiality for data she sends to Bob, she encrypts the data with a public key provided by Bob. Only Bob has the matching private key that is needed to decrypt the data. (Compare: seal.) - In an asymmetric digital signature algorithm (e.g., "DSA"), when Alice wants to ensure data integrity or provide authentication for data she sends to Bob, she uses her private Shirey Informational [Page 20] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 key to sign the data (i.e., create a digital signature based on the data). To verify the signature, Bob uses the matching public key that Alice has provided. - In an asymmetric key-agreement algorithm (e.g., "Diffie- Hellman-Merkle"), Alice and Bob each send their own public key to the other party. Then each uses their own private key and the other's public key to compute the new key value. $ asymmetric key (I) A cryptographic key that is used in an asymmetric cryptographic algorithm. (See: asymmetric cryptography, private key, public key.) $ ATIS (N) See: "Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions" under "ANSI". $ attack 1. (I) An intentional act by which an entity attempts to evade security services and violate the security policy of a system. That is, an actual assault on system security that derives from an intelligent threat. (See: penetration, violation, vulnerability.) 2. (I) A method or technique used in an assault (e.g., masquerade). (See: blind attack, distributed attack.) Tutorial: Attacks can be characterized according to intent: - An "active attack" attempts to alter system resources or affect their operation. - A "passive attack" attempts to learn or make use of information from a system but does not affect system resources of that system. (See: wiretapping.) The object of a passive attack might be to obtain data that is needed for an off-line attack. - An "off-line attack" is one in which the attacker obtains data from the target system and then analyzes the data on a different system of the attacker's own choosing, possibly in preparation for a second stage of attack on the target. Attacks can be characterized according to point of initiation: - An "inside attack" is one that is initiated by an entity inside the security perimeter (an "insider"), i.e., an entity that is authorized to access system resources but uses them in a way not approved by the party that granted the authorization. - An "outside attack" is initiated from outside the security perimeter, by an unauthorized or illegitimate user of the system (an "outsider"). In the Internet, potential outside attackers range from amateur pranksters to organized criminals, international terrorists, and hostile governments. Attacks can be characterized according to method of delivery: - In a "direct attack", the attacker addresses attacking packets Shirey Informational [Page 21] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 to the intended victim(s). - In an "indirect attack", the attacker addresses packets to a third party, and the packets either have the address(es) of the intended victim(s) as their source address(es) or indicate the intended victim(s) in some other way. The third party responds by sending one or more attacking packets to the intended victims. The attacker can use third parties as attack amplifiers by providing a broadcast address as the victim address (e.g., "smurf attack"). (See: reflector attack. Compare: reflection attack, replay attack.) The term "attack" relates to some other basic security terms as shown in the following diagram: + - - - - - - - - - - - - + + - - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - -+ | An Attack: | |Counter- | | A System Resource: | | i.e., A Threat Action | | measure | | Target of the Attack | | +----------+ | | | | +-----------------+ | | | Attacker |<==================||<========= | | | | i.e., | Passive | | | | | Vulnerability | | | | A Threat |<=================>||<========> | | | | Agent | or Active | | | | +-------|||-------+ | | +----------+ Attack | | | | VVV | | | | | | Threat Consequences | + - - - - - - - - - - - - + + - - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - -+ $ attack potential (I) The perceived likelihood of success should an attack be launched, expressed in terms of the attacker's ability (i.e., expertise and resources) and motivation. (Compare: threat, risk.) $ attack sensing, warning, and response (I) A set of security services that cooperate with audit service to detect and react to indications of threat actions, including both inside and outside attacks. (See: indicator.) $ attack tree (I) A branching, hierarchical data structure that represents a set of potential approaches to achieving an event in which system security is penetrated or compromised in a specified way. [Moor] Tutorial: Attack trees are special cases of fault trees. The security incident that is the goal of the attack is represented as the root node of the tree, and the ways that an attacker could reach that goal are iteratively and incrementally represented as branches and subnodes of the tree. Each subnode defines a subgoal, and each subgoal may have its own set of further subgoals, etc. The final nodes on the paths outward from the root, i.e., the leaf nodes, represent different ways to initiate an attack. Each node other than a leaf is either an AND-node or an OR-node. To achieve the goal represented by an AND-node, the subgoals represented by all of that node's subnodes must be achieved; and for an OR-node, Shirey Informational [Page 22] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 at least one of the subgoals must be achieved. Branches can be labeled with values representing difficulty, cost, or other attack attributes, so that alternative attacks can be compared. $ attribute 1. (N) Information of a particular type concerning an identifiable system entity or object. An "attribute type" is the component of an attribute that indicates the class of information given by the attribute; and an "attribute value" is a particular instance of the class of information indicated by an attribute type. (See: attribute certificate.) $ attribute authority (AA) 1. (N) A CA that issues attribute certificates. 2. (O) "An authority [that] assigns privileges by issuing attribute certificates." [X509] Deprecated Usage: The abbreviation "AA" SHOULD NOT be used in an ISD unless it is first defined in the ISD. $ attribute certificate 1. (I) A digital certificate that binds a set of descriptive data items, other than a public key, either directly to a subject name or to the identifier of another certificate that is a public-key certificate. (See: capability token.) 2. (O) "A data structure, digitally signed by an [a]ttribute [a]uthority, that binds some attribute values with identification information about its holder." [X509] Tutorial: A public-key certificate binds a subject name to a public key value, along with information needed to perform certain cryptographic functions using that key. Other attributes of a subject, such as a security clearance, may be certified in a separate kind of digital certificate, called an attribute certificate. A subject may have multiple attribute certificates associated with its name or with each of its public-key certificates. An attribute certificate might be issued to a subject in the following situations: - Different lifetimes: When the lifetime of an attribute binding is shorter than that of the related public-key certificate, or when it is desirable not to need to revoke a subject's public key just to revoke an attribute. - Different authorities: When the authority responsible for the attributes is different than the one that issues the public-key certificate for the subject. (There is no requirement that an attribute certificate be issued by the same CA that issued the associated public-key certificate.) Shirey Informational [Page 23] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ audit See: security audit. $ audit log (I) Synonym for "security audit trail". $ audit service (I) A security service that records information needed to establish accountability for system events and for the actions of system entities that cause them. (See: security audit.) $ audit trail (I) See: security audit trail. $ AUTH (I) See: POP3 AUTH. $ authenticate (I) Verify (i.e., establish the truth of) an attribute value claimed by or for a system entity or system resource. (See: authentication, validate vs. verify, "relationship between data integrity service and authentication services" under "data integrity service".) Deprecated Usage: In general English usage, this term is used with the meaning "to prove genuine" (e.g., an art expert authenticates a Michelangelo painting); but ISDs should restrict usage as follows: - ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to refer to proving or checking that data has not been changed, destroyed or lost in an unauthorized or accidental manner. Instead use "verify". - ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to refer to proving the truth or accuracy of a fact or value such as a digital signature. Instead, use "verify". - ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to refer to establishing the soundness or correctness of a construct, such as a digital certificate. Instead, use "validate". $ authentication (I) The process of verifying a claim that a system entity or system resource has a certain attribute value. (See: attribute, authenticate, authentication exchange, authentication information, credential, data origin authentication, peer entity authentication, "relationship between data integrity service and authentication services" under "data integrity service", simple authentication, strong authentication, verification, X.509.) Tutorial: Security services frequently depend on authentication of the identity of users, but authentication may involve any type of attribute that is recognized by a system. A claim may be made by a subject about itself (e.g., at login, a user typically asserts its identity) or a claim may be made on behalf of a subject or object Shirey Informational [Page 24] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 by some other system entity (e.g., a user may claim that a data object originates from a specific source, or that a data object is classified at a specific security level). An authentication process consists of two basic steps: - Identification step: Presenting the claimed attribute value (e.g., a user identifier) to the authentication subsystem. - Verification step: Presenting or generating authentication information (e.g., a value signed with a private key) that acts as evidence to prove the binding between the attribute and that for which it is claimed. (See: verification.) $ authentication code (D) Synonym for a checksum based on cryptography. (Compare: Data Authentication Code, Message Authentication Code.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this uncapitalized term as a synonym for any kind of checksum, regardless of whether or not the checksum is cryptographic. Instead, use "checksum", "Data Authentication Code", "error detection code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication Code", "protected checksum", or some other recommended term, depending on what is meant. The term mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. The word "authentication" is misleading because the checksum may be used to perform a data integrity function rather than a data origin authentication function. $ authentication exchange 1. (I) A mechanism to verify the identity of an entity by means of information exchange. 2. (O) "A mechanism intended to ensure the identity of an entity by means of information exchange." [I7498-2] $ Authentication Header (AH) (I) An Internet protocol [R2402] designed to provide connectionless data integrity service and connectionless data origin authentication service for IP datagrams, and (optionally) to provide partial sequence integrity and protection against replay attacks. (See: IPsec. Compare: ESP.) Tutorial: Replay protection may be selected by the receiver when a security association is established. AH authenticates the upper- layer PDU that is carried as an IP SDU, and also authenticates as much of the IP PCI (i.e., the IP header) as possible. However, some IP header fields may change in transit, and the value of these fields, when the packet arrives at the receiver, may not be predictable by the sender. Thus, the values of such fields cannot be protected end-to-end by AH; protection of the IP header by AH is only partial when such fields are present. Shirey Informational [Page 25] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 AH may be used alone, or in combination with the ESP, or in a nested fashion with tunneling. Security services can be provided between a pair of communicating hosts, between a pair of communicating security gateways, or between a host and a gateway. ESP can provide nearly the same security services as AH, and ESP can also provide data confidentiality service. The main difference between authentication services provided by ESP and AH is the extent of the coverage; ESP does not protect IP header fields unless they are encapsulated by AH. $ authentication information (I) Information used to verify an identity claimed by or for an entity. (See: authentication, credential, user. Compare: identification information.) Tutorial: Authentication information may exist as, or be derived from, one of the following: (a) Something the entity knows (see: password); (b) something the entity possesses (see: token); (c) something the entity is (see: biometric authentication). $ authentication service (I) A security service that verifies an identity claimed by or for an entity. (See: authentication.) Tutorial: In a network, there are two general forms of authentication service: data origin authentication service and peer entity authentication service. $ authenticity (I) The property of being genuine and able to be verified and be trusted. (See: authenticate, authentication, validate vs. verify.) $ authority (D) "An entity, responsible for the issuance of certificates." [X509] Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for attribute authority, certification authority, registration authority, or similar terms; the shortened form may cause confusion. Instead, use the full term at the first instance of usage and then, if it is necessary to shorten text, use AA, CA, RA, and other abbreviations defined in this Glossary. $ authority certificate (D) "A certificate issued to an authority (e.g. either to a certification authority or to an attribute authority)." [X509] (See: authority.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is ambiguous. Instead, use the full term "certification authority certificate", "attribute authority certificate", "registration authority certificate", etc. at the first instance of usage and Shirey Informational [Page 26] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 then, if it is necessary to shorten text, use AA, CA, RA, and other abbreviations defined in this Glossary. $ Authority Information Access extension (I) The private extension defined by PKIX for X.509 certificates to indicate "how to access CA information and services for the issuer of the certificate in which the extension appears. Information and services may include on-line validation services and CA policy data." [R3280] (See: private extension.) $ authorization 1a. (I) An approval that is granted to a system entity to access a system resource. (Compare: permission, privilege.) Usage: Some synonyms are "permission" and "privilege". Specific terms are preferred in certain contexts: - /PKI/ "Authorization" SHOULD be used, to align with "certification authority" in the standard [X509]. - /role-based access control/ "Permission" SHOULD be used, to align with the standard [ANSI]. - /computer operating systems/ "Privilege" SHOULD be used, to align with the literature. (See: privileged process, privileged user.) Tutorial: The semantics and granularity of authorizations depend on the application and implementation (see: "first law" under "Courtney's laws"). An authorization may specify a particular access mode -- such as read, write, or execute -- for one or more system resources. 1b. (I) A process for granting approval to a system entity to access a system resource. 2. (O) /SET/ "The process by which a properly appointed person or persons grants permission to perform some action on behalf of an organization. This process assesses transaction risk, confirms that a given transaction does not raise the account holder's debt above the account's credit limit, and reserves the specified amount of credit. (When a merchant obtains authorization, payment for the authorized amount is guaranteed -- provided, of course, that the merchant followed the rules associated with the authorization process.)" [SET2] $ authorization credential (I) See: /access control/ under "credential". $ authorize (I) Grant an authorization to a system entity. $ authorized user (I) /access control/ A system entity that accesses a system resource for which the entity has received an authorization. Shirey Informational [Page 27] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 (Compare: insider, outsider, unauthorized user.) Deprecated Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because the term is used in many ways and could easily be misunderstood. $ automated information system See: information system. $ availability 1. (I) The property of a system or a system resource being accessible, or usable or operational upon demand, by an authorized system entity, according to performance specifications for the system; i.e., a system is available if it provides services according to the system design whenever users request them. (See: critical, denial of service. Compare: precedence, reliability, survivability.) 2. (O) "The property of being accessible and usable upon demand by an authorized entity." [I7498-2] 3. (D) "Timely, reliable access to data and information services for authorized users." [C4009] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with definition 3; the definition mixes "availability" with "reliability", which is a different property. (See: reliability.) Tutorial: Availability requirements can be specified by quantitative metrics, but sometimes are stated qualitatively, such as in the following: - "Flexible tolerance for delay" may mean that brief system outages do not endanger mission accomplishment, but extended outages may endanger the mission. - "Minimum tolerance for delay" may mean that mission accomplishment requires the system to provide requested services in a short time. $ availability service (I) A security service that protects a system to ensure its availability. Tutorial: This service addresses the security concerns raised by denial-of-service attacks. It depends on proper management and control of system resources, and thus depends on access control service and other security services. $ avoidance (I) See: secondary definition under "security". $ B1, B2, or B3 computer system (O) /TCSEC/ See: Tutorial under "Trusted Computer System Shirey Informational [Page 28] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Evaluation Criteria". $ back door 1. (I) /COMPUSEC/ A computer system feature -- which may be (a) an unintentional flaw, (b) a mechanism deliberately installed by the system's creator, or (c) a mechanism surreptitiously installed by an intruder -- that provides access to a system resource by other than the usual procedure and usually is hidden or otherwise not well-known. (See: maintenance hook. Compare: Trojan Horse.) Example: A way to access a computer other than through a normal login. Such an access path is not necessarily designed with malicious intent; operating systems sometimes are shipped by the manufacturer with hidden accounts intended for use by field service technicians or the vendor's maintenance programmers. 2. (I) /cryptography/ A feature of a cryptographic system that makes it easily possible to break or circumvent the protection that the system is designed to provided. Example: A feature that makes it possible to decrypt cipher text much more quickly than by brute force cryptanalysis, without having prior knowledge of the decryption key. $ back up (I) /verb/ Create a reserve copy of data or, more generally, provide alternate means to perform system functions despite loss of system resources. (See: contingency plan. Compare: archive.) $ backup (I) /noun or adjective/ Refers to alternate means of performing system functions despite loss of system resources. (See: contingency plan). Example: A reserve copy of data, preferably one that is stored separately from the original, for use if the original becomes lost or damaged. (Compare: archive.) $ bagbiter (D) /slang/ "An entity, such as a program or a computer, that fails to work or that works in a remarkably clumsy manner. A person who has caused some trouble, inadvertently or otherwise, typically by failing to program the computer properly." [NCSSG] (See: flaw.) Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for these concepts. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book.") $ baggage (O) /SET/ An "opaque encrypted tuple, which is included in a SET Shirey Informational [Page 29] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 message but appended as external data to the PKCS encapsulated data. This avoids superencryption of the previously encrypted tuple, but guarantees linkage with the PKCS portion of the message." [SET2] Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to describe a data element, except in the form "SET(trademark) baggage" with the meaning given above. $ baked-in security (D) The inclusion of security mechanisms in an information system beginning at an early point in the system's life cycle, i.e., during the design phase, or at least early in the implementation phase. (Compare: add-on security.) Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term (unless they also provide a definition like this one). (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ bandwidth (I) The total width of the frequency band that is available to or used by a communication channel; usually expressed in Hertz (Hz). (RFC 3753) (Compare: channel capacity.) $ bank identification number (BIN) 1. (O) The digits of a credit card number that identify the issuing bank. (See: primary account number.) 2. (O) /SET/ The first six digits of a primary account number. $ Basic Encoding Rules (BER) (I) A standard for representing ASN.1 data types as strings of octets. [X690] (See: Distinguished Encoding Rules.) Deprecated Usage: Sometimes incorrectly treated as part of ASN.1. However, ASN.1 properly refers only to a syntax description language, and not to the encoding rules for the language. $ Basic Security Option (I) See: secondary definition under "IPSO". $ bastion host (I) A strongly protected computer that is in a network protected by a firewall (or is part of a firewall) and is the only host (or one of only a few) in the network that can be directly accessed from networks on the other side of the firewall. (See: firewall.) Tutorial: Filtering routers in a firewall typically restrict traffic from the outside network to reaching just one host, the bastion host, which usually is part of the firewall. Since only Shirey Informational [Page 30] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 this one host can be directly attacked, only this one host needs to be very strongly protected, so security can be maintained more easily and less expensively. However, to allow legitimate internal and external users to access application resources through the firewall, higher layer protocols and services need to be relayed and forwarded by the bastion host. Some services (e.g., DNS and SMTP) have forwarding built in; other services (e.g., TELNET and FTP) require a proxy server on the bastion host. $ BBN Technologies (O) The research-and-development company (originally called Bolt Baranek and Newman, Inc.) that built the ARPANET. $ BCA (O) See: brand certification authority. $ BCR (O) See: BLACK/Crypto/RED. $ BCI (O) See: brand CRL identifier. $ Bell-LaPadula model (N) A formal, mathematical, state-transition model of confidentiality policy for multilevel-secure computer systems [Bell]. (Compare: Biba model, Brewer-Nash model.) Tutorial: The model, devised by David Bell and Leonard LaPadula at The MITRE Corporation in 1973, characterizes computer system elements as subjects and objects. To determine whether or not a subject is authorized for a particular access mode on an object, the clearance of the subject is compared to the classification of the object. The model defines the notion of a "secure state", in which the only permitted access modes of subjects to objects are in accordance with a specified security policy. It is proven that each state transition preserves security by moving from secure state to secure state, thereby proving that the system is secure. In this model, a multilevel-secure system satisfies several rules, including the "confinement property" (a.k.a. the "*-property"), the "simple security property", and the "tranquility property". $ benign 1. (N) /COMSEC/ "Condition of cryptographic data [such] that [it] cannot be compromised by human access [to the data]." [C4009] 2. (O) /COMPUSEC/ See: secondary definition under "trust". $ benign fill (N) Process by which keying material is generated, distributed, and placed into an ECU without exposure to any human or other system entity, except the cryptographic module that consumes and uses the material. (See: benign.) Shirey Informational [Page 31] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ BER (I) See: Basic Encoding Rules. $ beyond A1 1. (O) /formal/ A level of security assurance that is beyond the highest level (level A1) of criteria specified by the TCSEC. (See: Tutorial under "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria".) 2. (O) /informal/ A level of trust so high that it is beyond state-of-the-art technology; i.e., it cannot be provided or verified by currently available assurance methods, and especially not by currently available formal methods. $ Biba integrity (N) Synonym for "source integrity". $ Biba model (N) A formal, mathematical, state-transition model of integrity policy for multilevel-secure computer systems [Biba]. (See: source integrity. Compare: Bell-LaPadula model.) Tutorial: This model for integrity control is analogous to the Bell-LaPadula model for confidentiality control. Each subject and object is assigned an integrity level and, to determine whether or not a subject is authorized for a particular access mode on an object, the integrity level of the subject is compared to that of the object. The model prohibits the changing of information in an object by a subject with a lesser or incomparable level. The rules of the Biba model are duals of the corresponding rules in the Bell-LaPadula model. $ billet (N) A personnel position or assignment that can be filled by one system entity at a time. [JCSP1] (Compare: principal, role, user.) Tutorial: In an organization, a "billet" is a populational position, of which there is exactly one instance; but a "role" is functional position, of which there can be multiple instances. System entities are in one-to-one relationships with their billets, but may be in many-to-one and one-to-many relationships with their roles. $ BIN (O) See: bank identification number. $ bind (I) To inseparably associate by applying some security mechanism. Example: A CA creates a public-key certificate by using a digital signature to bind together (a) a subject name, (b) a public key, and usually (c) some additional data items (e.g., "X.509 public- Shirey Informational [Page 32] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 key certificate"). $ biometric authentication (I) A method of generating authentication information for a person by digitizing measurements of a physical or behavioral characteristic, such as a fingerprint, hand shape, retina pattern, voiceprint, handwriting style, or face. $ birthday attack (I) A class of attacks against cryptographic functions, including both encryption functions and hash functions. The attacks take advantage of a statistical property: Given a cryptographic function having an N-bit output, the probability is greater than 1/2 that for 2**(N/2) randomly chosen inputs, the function will produce at least two outputs that are identical. (See: Tutorial under "hash function".) Derivation: From the somewhat surprising fact (often called the "birthday paradox") that although there are 365 days in a year, the probability is greater than 1/2 that two of more people share the same birthday in any randomly chosen group of 23 people. Birthday attacks enable an adversary to find two inputs for which a cryptographic function produces the same cipher text (or find two inputs for which a hash functions produces the same hash result) much faster than a brute force attack can; and a clever adversary can use such a capability to create considerable mischief. However, no birthday attack can enable an adversary to decrypt a given cipher text (or find a hash input that results in a given hash result) any faster than a brute force attack can. $ bit (I) A contraction of the term "binary digit"; the smallest unit of information storage, which has two possible states or values. The values usually are represented by the symbols "0" (zero) and "1" (one). (See: block, byte, nibble, word.) $ bit string (I) A sequence of bits, each of which is either "0" or "1". $ BLACK 1. (N) Designation for data that consists only of cipher text, and for information system equipment items or facilities that handle only cipher text. Example: "BLACK key".(See: color change, RED/BLACK separation. Compare: RED.) 2. (O) /U.S. Government/ "Designation applied to information systems, and to associated areas, circuits, components, and equipment, in which national security information is encrypted or is not processed." [C4009] 3. (D) Any data that can be disclosed without harm. Shirey Informational [Page 33] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with definition 3 because the definition is ambiguous with regard to whether the data is protected or not. $ BLACK/Crypto/RED (BCR) (N) An experimental, end-to-end, network packet encryption system developed in a working prototype form by BBN and the Collins Radio division of Rockwell Corporation in the 1975-1980 time frame for the U.S. DoD. BCR was the first network security system to support TCP/IP traffic, and it incorporated the first DES chips that were validated by the U.S. National Bureau of Standards (now called NIST). BCR also was the first to use a KDC and an ACC to manage connections. $ BLACK key (N) A key that is protected with a key-encrypting key and that must be decrypted before use. (See: BLACK. Compare: RED key.) $ BLACKER (O) An end-to-end encryption system for computer data networks that was developed by the U.S. DoD in the 1980s to provide host- to-host data confidentiality service for datagrams at OSIRM Layer 3. [Weis] (Compare: CANEWARE, IPsec.) Tutorial: Each user host connects to its own bump-in-the-wire encryption device called a BLACKER Front End (BFE, TSEC/KI-111), through which the host connects to the subnetwork. The system also includes two types of centralized devices: one or more KDCs connect to the subnetwork and communicate with assigned sets of BFEs, and one or more ACCs connect to the subnetwork and communicate with assigned KDCs. BLACKER uses only symmetric encryption. A KDC distributes session keys to BFE pairs as authorized by an ACC. Each ACC maintains a database for a set of BFEs, and the database determines which pairs from that set (i.e., which pairs of user hosts behind the BFEs) are authorized to communicate and at what security levels. The BLACKER system is MLS in three ways: (a) The BFEs form a security perimeter around a subnetwork, separating user hosts from the subnetwork, so that the subnetwork can operate at a different security level (possibly a lower, less expensive level) than the hosts. (b) The BLACKER components are trusted to separate datagrams of different security levels, so that each datagram of a given security level can be received only by a host that is authorized for that security level; and thus BLACKER can separate host communities that operate at different security levels. (c) The host side of a BFE is itself MLS and can recognize a security label on each packet, so that an MLS user host can be authorized to successively transmit datagrams that are labeled with different security levels. Shirey Informational [Page 34] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ blind attack (I) A type of network-based attack method that does not require the attacking entity to receive data traffic from the attacked entity; i.e., the attacker does not need to "see" data packets sent by the victim. Example: SYN flood. Tutorial: If an attack method is blind, the attacker's packets can carry (a) a false IP source address (making it difficult for the victim to find the attacker) and (b) a different address on every packet (making it difficult for the victim to block the attack). If the attacker needs to receive traffic from the victim, the attacker must either (c) reveal its own IP address to the victim (which enables the victim to find the attacker or block the attack by filtering) or (d) provide a false address and also subvert network routing mechanisms to divert the returning packets to the attacker (which makes the attack more complex, more difficult, or more expensive). [R3552] $ block (I) A bit string or bit vector of finite length. (See: bit, block cipher. Compare: byte, word.) Usage: An "N-bit block" contains N bits, which usually are numbered from left to right as 1, 2, 3, ..., N. $ block cipher (I) An encryption algorithm that breaks plain text into fixed-size segments and uses the same key to transform each plaintext segment into a fixed-size segment of cipher text. Examples: AES, Blowfish, DEA, IDEA, RC2, and SKIPJACK. (See: block, mode. Compare: stream cipher.) Tutorial: A block cipher can be adapted to have a different external interface, such as that of a stream cipher, by using a mode of cryptographic operation to package the basic algorithm. (See: CBC, CCM, CFB, CMAC, CTR, DEA, ECB, OFB.) $ Blowfish (N) A symmetric block cipher with variable-length key (32 to 448 bits) designed in 1993 by Bruce Schneier as an unpatented, license-free, royalty-free replacement for DES or IDEA. [Schn] (See: Twofish.) $ brain-damaged (D) /slang/ "Obviously wrong: extremely poorly designed. Calling something brain-damaged is very extreme. The word implies that the thing is completely unusable, and that its failure to work is due to poor design, not accident." [NCSSG] (See: flaw.) Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. (See: Deprecated Shirey Informational [Page 35] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Usage under "Green Book.") $ brand 1. (I) A distinctive mark or name that identifies a product or business entity. 2. (O) /SET/ The name of a payment card. (See: BCA.) Tutorial: Financial institutions and other companies have founded payment card brands, protect and advertise the brands, establish and enforce rules for use and acceptance of their payment cards, and provide networks to interconnect the financial institutions. These brands combine the roles of issuer and acquirer in interactions with cardholders and merchants. [SET1] $ brand certification authority (BCA) (O) /SET/ A CA owned by a payment card brand, such as MasterCard, Visa, or American Express. [SET2] (See: certification hierarchy, SET.) $ brand CRL identifier (BCI) (O) /SET/ A digitally signed list, issued by a BCA, of the names of CAs for which CRLs need to be processed when verifying signatures in SET messages. [SET2] $ break (I) /cryptography/ To successfully perform cryptanalysis and thus succeed in decrypting data or performing some other cryptographic function, without initially having knowledge of the key that the function requires. (See: penetrate, strength, work factor.) Usage: This term applies to encrypted data or, more generally, to a cryptographic algorithm or cryptographic system. Also, while the most common use is to refer to completely breaking an algorithm, the term is also used when a method is found that substantially reduces the work factor. $ Brewer-Nash model (N) A security model [BN89] to enforce the Chinese wall policy. (Compare: Bell-LaPadula model, Clark-Wilson model.) Tutorial: All proprietary information in the set of commercial firms F(1), F(2), ..., F(N) is categorized into mutually exclusive conflict-of-interest classes I(1), I(2), ..., I(M) that apply across all firms. Each firm belongs to exactly one class. The Brewer-Nash model has the following mandatory rules: - Brewer-Nash Read Rule: Subject S can read information object O from firm F(i) only if either (a) O is from the same firm as some object previously read by S *or* (b) O belongs to a class I(i) from which S has not previously read any object. (See: object, subject.) - Brewer-Nash Write Rule: Subject S can write information object Shirey Informational [Page 36] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 O to firm F(i) only if (a) S can read O by the Brewer-Nash Read Rule *and* (b) no object can be read by S from a different firm F(j), no matter whether F(j) belongs to the same class as F(i) or to a different class. $ bridge (I) A gateway for traffic flowing at OSIRM Layer 2 between two networks (usually two LANs). (Compare: bridge CA, router.) $ bridge CA (I) A PKI consisting of only a CA that cross-certifies with CAs of some other PKIs. (See: cross-certification. Compare: bridge.) Tutorial: A bridge CA functions as a hub that enables a certificate user in any of the PKIs that attach to the bridge, to validate certificates issued in the other attached PKIs. For example, a bridge CA (BCA) CA1 could cross-certify with four ^ PKIs that have the roots CA1, | CA2, CA3, and CA4. The cross- v certificates that the roots CA2 <-> BCA <-> CA3 exchange with the BCA enable an ^ end entity EE1 certified under | under CA1 in PK1 to construct v a certification path needed to CA4 validate the certificate of end entity EE2 under CA2, CA1 -> BCA -> CA2 -> EE2 or vice versa. CA2 -> BCA -> CA1 -> EE1 $ British Standard 7799 (N) Part 1 of the standard is a code of practice for how to secure an information system. Part 2 specifies the management framework, objectives, and control requirements for information security management systems. [BS7799] (See: ISO 17799.) $ browser (I) An client computer program that can retrieve and display information from servers on the World Wide Web. Examples: Netscape's Navigator and Microsoft's Internet Explorer. $ brute force (I) A cryptanalysis technique or other kind of attack method involving an exhaustive procedure that tries a large number of possible solutions to the problem. (See: impossible, strength, work factor.) Tutorial: In some cases, brute force involves trying all of the possibilities. For example, for cipher text where the analyst already knows the decryption algorithm, a brute force technique for finding matching plain text is to decrypt the message with every possible key. In other cases, brute force involves trying a Shirey Informational [Page 37] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 large number of possibilities but substantially fewer than all of them. For example, given a hash function that produces a N-bit hash result, the probability is greater than 1/2 that the analyst will find two inputs that have the same hash result after trying only 2**(N/2) random chosen inputs. (See: birthday attack.) $ BS7799 (N) See: British Standard 7799. $ buffer overflow (I) Any attack technique that exploits a vulnerability resulting from computer software or hardware that does not check for exceeding the bounds of a storage area when data is written into a sequence of storage locations beginning in that area. Tutorial: By causing a normal system operation to write data beyond the bounds of a storage area, the attacker seeks to either disrupt system operation or cause the system to execute malicious software inserted by the attacker. $ buffer zone (I) A neutral internetwork segment used to connect other segments that each operate under a different security policy. Tutorial: To connect a private network to the Internet or some other relatively public network, one could construct a small, separate, isolated LAN and connect it to both the private network and the public network; one or both of the connections would implement a firewall to limit the traffic that could pass through the buffer zone. $ bulk encryption 1. (I) Encryption of multiple channels by aggregating them into a single transfer path and then encrypting that path. (See: channel.) 2. (O) "Simultaneous encryption of all channels of a multichannel telecommunications link." [C4009] (Compare: bulk keying material.) Usage: The use of "simultaneous" in definition 2 could be interpreted to mean that multiple channels are encrypted separately but at the same time. However, the common meaning of the term is that multiple data flows are combined into a single stream and then that stream is encrypted as a whole. $ bulk key (D) In a few published descriptions of hybrid encryption for SSH, Windows 2000, and other applications, this term refers to a symmetric key that (a) is used to encrypt a relatively large amount of data and (b) is itself encrypted with a public key. (Compare: bulk keying material.) Shirey Informational [Page 38] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Example: To send a large file to Bob, Alice (a) generates a symmetric key and uses it to encrypt the file (i.e., encrypt the bulk of the information that is to be sent) and then (b) encrypts that symmetric key (the "bulk key") with Bob's public key. Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term or definition; they are not well-established and could be confused with the established term "bulk keying material". Instead, use "symmetric key" and carefully explain how the key is applied. $ bulk keying material (N) Refers to handling keying material in large quantities, e.g., as a dataset that contains many items of keying material. (See: type 0. Compare: bulk key, bulk encryption.) $ bump-in-the-stack (I) An implementation approach that places a network security mechanism inside the system that is to be protected. (Compare: bump-in-the-wire.) Example: IPsec can be implemented inboard, in the protocol stack of an existing system or existing system design, by placing a new layer between the existing IP layer and the OSIRM Layer 3 drivers. Source code access for the existing stack is not required, but the system that contains the stack does need to be modified [R2401]. $ bump-in-the-wire (I) An implementation approach that places a network security mechanism outside of the system that is to be protected. (Compare: bump-in-the-stack.) Example: IPsec can be implemented outboard, in a physically separate device, so that the system that receives the IPsec protection does not need to be modified at all [R2401]. Military- grade link encryption has mainly been implemented as bump-in-the- wire devices. $ business-case analysis (N) An extended form of cost-benefit analysis that considers factors beyond financial metrics, including security factors such as the requirement for security services, their technical and programmatic feasibility, their qualitative benefits, and associated risks. (See: risk analysis.) $ byte (I) A fundamental unit of computer storage; the smallest addressable unit in a computer's architecture. Usually holds one character of information and, today, usually means eight bits. (Compare: octet.) Usage: Understood to be larger than a "bit", but smaller than a "word". Although "byte" almost always means "octet" today, some Shirey Informational [Page 39] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 computer architectures have had bytes in other sizes (e.g., six bits, nine bits). Therefore, an STD SHOULD state the number of bits in a byte where the term is first used in the STD. $ C field (D) See: Compartments field. $ C1 or C2 computer system (O) /TCSEC/ See: Tutorial under "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria". $ CA (I) See: certification authority. $ CA certificate (D) "A [digital] certificate for one CA issued by another CA." [X509] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with this definition; the definition is ambiguous with regard to how the certificate is constructed and how it is intended to be used. ISDs that use this term SHOULD provide a technical definition for it. (See: certificate profile.) Tutorial: There is no single, obvious choice for a technical definition of this term. Different PKIs can use different certificate profiles, and X.509 provides several choices of how to issue certificates to CAs. For example, one possible definition is the following: A v3 X.509 public-key certificate that has a "basicConstraints" extension containing a "cA" value of "TRUE". That would specifically indicate that "the certified public key may be used to verify certificate signatures", i.e., that the private key may be used by a CA. However, there also are other ways to indicate such usage. The certificate may have a "key Usage" extension that indicates the purposes for which the public key may be used, and one of the values that X.509 defines for that extension is "keyCertSign", to indicate that the certificate may be used for verifying a CA's signature on certificates. If "keyCertSign" is present in a certificate that also has a "basicConstraints" extension, than "cA" is set to "TRUE" in that extension. Alternatively, a CA could be issued a certificate in which "keyCertSign" is asserted without "basicConstraints" being present; and an entity that acts as a CA could be issued a certificate with "keyUsage" set to other values, either with or without "keyCertSign". $ CA domain (N) /PKI/ A security policy domain that "consists of a CA and its subjects [i.e., the entities named in the certificates issued by the CA]. Sometimes referred to as a PKI domain." [PAG] (See: domain.) Shirey Informational [Page 40] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Caesar cipher (I) A cipher that is defined for an alphabet of N characters, A(1), A(2), ..., A(N), and creates cipher text by replacing each plaintext character A(i) by A(i+K, mod N) for some 0<K<N+1. [Schn] Examples: (a) During the Gallic wars, Julius Caesar used a cipher with K=3. In a Caesar cipher with K=3 for the English alphabet, A is replaced by D, B by E, C by F, ..., W by Z, X by A, Y by B, Z by C. (b) UNIX systems sometimes include "ROT13" software that implements a Caesar cipher with K=13 (i.e., ROTate by 13). $ call back (I) An authentication technique for terminals that remotely access a computer via telephone lines; the host system disconnects the caller and then reconnects on a telephone number that was previously authorized for that terminal. $ CAM (O) See: Certificate Arbitrator Module. $ CANEWARE (O) A end-to-end encryption system for computer data networks that was developed by the U.S. DoD in the 1980s to provide host-to-host data confidentiality service for datagrams in OSIRM Layer 3. [Roge] (Compare: BLACKER, IPsec.) Tutorial: Each user host connects to its own bump-in-the-wire encryption device called a CANEWARE Front End (CFE), through which the host connects to the subnetwork. CANEWARE uses symmetric encryption for CFE-to-CFE traffic, but also uses FIREFLY to establish those session keys. The public-key certificates issued by the FIREFLY system include credentials for mandatory access control. For discretionary access control, the system also includes one or more centralized CANEWARE Control Processors (CCPs) that connect to the subnetwork, maintain a database for discretionary access control authorizations, and communicate those authorizations to assigned sets of CFEs. The CANEWARE system is MLS in only two of the three ways that BLACKER is MLS: (a) Like BLACKER BFEs, CFEs form a security perimeter around a subnetwork, separating user hosts from the subnetwork, so that the subnetwork can operate at a different security level than the hosts. (b) Like BLACKER, the CANEWARE components are trusted to separate datagrams of different security levels, so that each datagram of a given security level can be received only by a host that is authorized for that security level; and thus CANEWARE can separate host communities that operate at different security levels. (c) Unlike a BFE, the host side of a CFE is not MLS, and treats all packets received from a user host as being at the same mandatory security level. Shirey Informational [Page 41] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ capability list (I) /information system/ A mechanism that implements access control for a system entity by enumerating the system resources that the entity is permitted to access and, either implicitly or explicitly, the access modes granted for each resource. (Compare: access control list, access control matrix, access profile, capability token.) $ capability token (I) A token, usually an unforgeable data object, that gives the bearer or holder the right to access a system resource. Possession of the token is accepted by a system as proof that the holder has been authorized to access the resource indicated by the token. (See: attribute certificate, capability list, credential, digital certificate, ticket, token.) $ Capability Maturity Model (CMM) (N) Method for judging the maturity of software processes in an organization and for identifying crucial practices needed to increase process maturity. [Chris] (Compare: Common Criteria.) Tutorial: The CMM does not specify security evaluation criteria (see: assurance level), but its use may improve security assurance. The CMM describes principles and practices that can improve software processes in terms of evolving from ad hoc processes to disciplined processes. The CMM has five levels: - Initial: Software processes are ad hoc or chaotic, and few are well-defined. Success depends on individual effort and heroics. - Repeatable: Basic project management processes are established to track cost, schedule, and functionality. Necessary process discipline is in place to repeat earlier successes on projects with similar applications. - Defined: Software process for both management and engineering activities is documented, standardized, and integrated into a standard software process for the organization. Each project uses an approved, tailored version of the organization's standard process for developing and maintaining software. - Managed: Detailed measures of software process and product quality are collected. Both software process and products are quantitatively understood and controlled. - Optimizing: Continuous process improvement is enabled by quantitative feedback from the process and from piloting innovative ideas and technologies. $ CAPI (I) See: cryptographic application programming interface. $ CAPSTONE (N) An integrated microcircuit (in MYK-8x series manufactured by Mykotronx, Inc.) that implements SKIPJACK, KEA, DSA, SHA, and basic mathematical functions needed to support asymmetric cryptography; has non-deterministic random number generator; and Shirey Informational [Page 42] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 supports key escrow. (See: FORTEZZA. Compare: CLIPPER.) $ card See: cryptographic card, FORTEZZA, payment card, PC card, smart card, token. $ card backup See: token backup. $ card copy See: token copy. $ card restore See: token restore. $ cardholder 1. (I) An entity to whom or to which a card has been issued. Usage: Usually refers to a living human being, but might refer (a) to a position (see: billet, role) in an organization or (b) to an automated process. (See: user.) 2. (O) /SET/ "The holder of a valid payment card account and user of software supporting electronic commerce." [SET2] A cardholder is issued a payment card by an issuer. SET ensures that in the cardholder's interactions with merchants, the payment card account information remains confidential. [SET1] $ cardholder certificate (O) /SET/ A digital certificate that is issued to a cardholder upon approval of the cardholder's issuing financial institution and that is transmitted to merchants with purchase requests and encrypted payment instructions, carrying assurance that the account number has been validated by the issuing financial institution and cannot be altered by a third party. [SET1] $ cardholder certification authority (CCA) (O) /SET/ A CA responsible for issuing digital certificates to cardholders and operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an issuer, or another party according to brand rules. A CCA maintains relationships with card issuers to allow for the verification of cardholder accounts. A CCA does not issue a CRL but does distribute CRLs issued by root CAs, brand CAs, geopolitical CAs, and payment gateway CAs. [SET2] $ CAST (N) A design procedure for symmetric encryption algorithms, and a resulting family of algorithms, invented by Carlisle Adams (C.A.) and Stafford Tavares (S.T.). [R2144, R2612] $ category (I) A grouping of sensitive information items to which a non- Shirey Informational [Page 43] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 hierarchical restrictive security label is applied to increase protection of the data. (See: formal access approval. Compare: compartment, classification.) $ CAW (N) See: certification authority workstation. $ CBC (N) See: cipher block chaining. $ CCA (O) See: cardholder certification authority. $ CCEP (O) See: Commercial COMSEC Endorsement Program. $ CCI (O) See: Controlled Cryptographic Item. $ CCITT (N) Acronym for French translation of International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee. Now renamed ITU-T. $ CCM (N) See: Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-Message Authentication Code. $ CERIAS (O) Purdue University's Center for Education and Research in Information Assurance and Security, which includes faculty from multiple schools and departments and takes a multidisciplinary approach to security problems ranging from technical to ethical, legal, educational, communicational, linguistic, and economic. $ CERT (I) See: computer emergency response team. $ certificate 1. (I) /general English/ A document that attests to the truth of something or the ownership of something. 2. (I) /general security/ See: capability token, digital certificate. 3. (I) /PKI/ See: attribute certificate, public-key certificate. $ Certificate Arbitrator Module (CAM) (O) An open-source software module that is designed to be integrated with an application for the purpose of routing, replying to, and otherwise managing and meditating certificate validation requests between that application and the CAs in the ACES PKI. Shirey Informational [Page 44] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ certificate authority (D) Synonym for "certification authority". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it suggests careless use of the term "certification authority", which is preferred in PKI standards (e.g., [X509, R3280]). $ certificate chain (D) Synonym for "certification path". (See: trust chain.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it duplicates the meaning of a standardized term. Instead, use "certification path". $ certificate chain validation (D) Synonym for "certificate validation" or "path validation". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it duplicates the meaning of standardized terms and mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. Instead, use "certificate validation" or "path validation", depending on what is meant. (See: validate vs. verify.) $ certificate creation (I) The act or process by which a CA sets the values of a digital certificate's data fields and signs it. (See: issue.) $ certificate expiration (I) The event that occurs when a certificate ceases to be valid because its assigned lifetime has been exceeded. (See: certificate revocation, expire.) Tutorial: The assigned lifetime of an X.509 certificate is stated in the certificate itself. (See: validity period.) $ certificate extension (I) See: extension. $ certificate holder (D) Synonym for the "subject" of a digital certificate. (Compare: certificate owner, certificate user.) Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for the subject of a digital certificate; the term is potentially ambiguous. For example, the term could be misunderstood as referring to a system entity or component, such as a repository, that simply has possession of a copy of the certificate. $ certificate management (I) The functions that a CA may perform during the life cycle of a digital certificate, including the following: - Acquire and verify data items to bind into the certificate. Shirey Informational [Page 45] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 - Encode and sign the certificate. - Store the certificate in a directory or repository. - Renew, rekey, and update the certificate. - Revoke the certificate and issue a CRL. (See: archive management, certificate management, key management, security architecture, token management.) $ certificate management authority (CMA) (D) /U.S. DoD/ Used to mean either a CA or an RA. [DoD7, SP32] Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is potentially ambiguous, such as in a context involve ICRLs. Instead, use CA, RA, or both, depending on what is meant. $ certificate owner (D) Synonym for the "subject" of a digital certificate. (Compare: certificate holder, certificate user.) Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for the subject of a digital certificate; the term is potentially ambiguous. For example, the term could refer to a system entity, such as a corporation, that has purchased a certificate to operate equipment, such as a Web server. $ certificate path (D) Synonym for "certification path". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it suggests careless use of "certification path", which is preferred in PKI standards (e.g., [X509, R3280]). $ certificate policy (I) "A named set of rules that indicates the applicability of a certificate to a particular community and/or class of application with common security requirements." [X509] (Compare: CPS, security policy.) Example: U.S. DoD's certificate policy [DoD7] defined four classes (i.e., assurance levels) for X.509 public-key certificates and defines the applicability of those classes. (See: class 2.) Tutorial: A certificate policy can help a certificate user to decide whether a certificate should be trusted in a particular application. "For example, a particular certificate policy might indicate applicability of a type of certificate for the authentication of electronic data interchange transactions for the trading of goods within a given price range." [R3647] A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "certificatePolicies" extension that lists certificate policies, recognized by the issuing CA, that apply to the certificate and govern its use. Each policy is denoted by an object identifier and may optionally have Shirey Informational [Page 46] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 certificate policy qualifiers. (See: certificate profile.) Each SET certificate specifies at least one certificate policy, that of the SET root CA. SET uses certificate policy qualifiers to point to the actual policy statement and to add qualifying policies to the root policy. (See: SET qualifier.) $ certificate policy qualifier (I) Information that pertains to a certificate policy and is included in a "certificatePolicies" extension in a v3 X.509 public-key certificate. $ certificate profile (I) A specification (e.g., [DoD7, R3280]) of the format and semantics of public-key certificates or attribute certificates, constructed for use in a specific application context by selecting from among options offered by a broader standard. (Compare: protection profile.) $ certificate reactivation (I) The act or process by which a digital certificate, which a CA has designated for revocation but not yet listed on a CRL, is returned to the valid state. $ certificate rekey 1. (I) The act or process by which an existing public-key certificate has its key value changed by issuing a new certificate with a different (usually new) public key. (See: certificate renewal, certificate update, rekey.) Tutorial: For an X.509 public-key certificate, the essence of rekey is that the subject stays the same and a new public key is bound to that subject. Other changes are made, and the old certificate is revoked, only as required by the PKI and CPS in support of the rekey. If changes go beyond that, the process is a "certificate update". 2. (O) /MISSI/ The act or process by which a MISSI CA creates a new X.509 public-key certificate that is identical to the old one, except the new one has (a) a new, different KEA key or (b) a new, different DSS key or (c) new, different KEA and DSS keys. The new certificate also has a different serial number and may have a different validity period. A new key creation date and maximum key lifetime period are assigned to each newly generated key. If a new KEA key is generated, that key is assigned a new KMID. The old certificate remains valid until it expires, but may not be further renewed, rekeyed, or updated. $ certificate renewal (I) The act or process by which the validity of the binding asserted by an existing public-key certificate is extended in time by issuing a new certificate. (See: certificate rekey, certificate Shirey Informational [Page 47] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 update.) Tutorial: For an X.509 public-key certificate, this term means that the validity period is extended (and, of course, a new serial number is assigned) but the binding of the public key to the subject and to other data items stays the same. The other data items are changed, and the old certificate is revoked, only as required by the PKI and CPS to support the renewal. If changes go beyond that, the process is a "certificate rekey" or "certificate update". $ certificate request (D) Synonym for "certification request". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it suggests careless use of the term "certification request", which is preferred in PKI standards (e.g., see PKCS #10). $ certificate revocation (I) The event that occurs when a CA declares that a previously valid digital certificate issued by that CA has become invalid; usually stated with a effective date. Tutorial: In X.509, a revocation is announced to potential certificate users by issuing a CRL that mentions the certificate. Revocation and listing on a CRL is only necessary prior to the certificate's scheduled expiration. $ certificate revocation list (CRL) 1. (I) A data structure that enumerates digital certificates that have been invalidated by their issuer prior to when they were scheduled to expire. (See: certificate expiration, delta CRL, X.509 certificate revocation list.) 2. (O) "A signed list indicating a set of certificates that are no longer considered valid by the certificate issuer. In addition to the generic term CRL, some specific CRL types are defined for CRLs that cover particular scopes." [X509] $ certificate revocation tree (N) A mechanism for distributing notice of certificate revocations; uses a tree of hash results that is signed by the tree's issuer. Offers an alternative to issuing a CRL, but is not supported in X.509. (See: certificate status responder.) $ certificate serial number 1. (I) An integer value that (a) is associated with, and may be carried in, a digital certificate; (b) is assigned to the certificate by the certificate's issuer; and (c) is unique among all the certificates produced by that issuer. 2. (O) "An integer value, unique within the issuing CA, which is Shirey Informational [Page 48] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 unambiguously associated with a certificate issued by that CA." [X509] $ certificate status authority (D) /U.S. DoD/ "A trusted entity that provides on-line verification to a Relying Party of a subject certificate's trustworthiness [should instead say 'validity'], and may also provide additional attribute information for the subject certificate." [DoD7] Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is not widely accepted; instead, use "certificate status responder" or "OCSP server", or otherwise explain what is meant. $ certificate status responder (N) /FPKI/ A trusted on-line server that acts for a CA to provide authenticated certificate status information to certificate users [FPKI]. Offers an alternative to issuing a CR. (See: certificate revocation tree, OCSP.) $ certificate update (I) The act or process by which non-key data items bound in an existing public-key certificate, especially authorizations granted to the subject, are changed by issuing a new certificate. (See: certificate rekey, certificate renewal.) Usage: For an X.509 public-key certificate, the essence of this process is that fundamental changes are made in the data that is bound to the public key, such that it is necessary to revoke the old certificate. (Otherwise, the process is only a "certificate rekey" or "certificate renewal".) $ certificate user 1. (I) A system entity that depends on the validity of information (such as another entity's public key value) provided by a digital certificate. (See: relying party. Compare: /digital certificate/ subject.) 2. (O) "An entity that needs to know, with certainty, the public key of another entity." [X509] Usage: The system entity may be a human being or an organization, or a device or process controlled by a human or organization. (See: user.) 3. (D) Synonym for "subject" of a digital certificate. Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 3; the term could be confused with one of the other two definitions given above. Shirey Informational [Page 49] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ certificate validation 1. (I) An act or process by which a certificate user establishes that the assertions made by a digital certificate can be trusted. (See: valid certificate, validate vs. verify.) 2. (O) "The process of ensuring that a certificate was valid at a given time, including possibly the construction and processing of a certification path [R4158], and ensuring that all certificates in that path were valid (i.e. were not expired or revoked) at that given time." [X509] Tutorial: To validate a certificate, a certificate user checks that the certificate is properly formed and signed and is currently in force: - Checks the syntax and semantics: Parses the certificate's syntax and interprets its semantics, applying rules specified for and by its data fields, such as for critical extensions in an X.509 certificate. - Checks the signature: Uses the issuer's public key to verify the digital signature of the CA who issued the certificate in question. If the verifier obtains the issuer's public key from the issuer's own public-key certificate, that certificate should be validated, too. That validation may lead to yet another certificate to be validated, and so on. Thus, in general, certificate validation involves discovering and validating a certification path. - Checks currency and revocation: Verifies that the certificate is currently in force by checking that the current date and time are within the validity period (if that is specified in the certificate) and that the certificate is not listed on a CRL or otherwise announced as invalid. (The CRLs also must be checked by a similar validation process.) $ certification 1. (I) /information system/ Comprehensive evaluation (usually made in support of an accreditation action) of an information system's technical security features and other safeguards to establish the extent to which the system's design and implementation meet a set of specified security requirements. [C4009, FP102, SP37] (See: accreditation. Compare: evaluation.) 2. (I) /digital certificate/ The act or process of vouching for the truth and accuracy of the binding between data items in a certificate. (See: certify.) 3. (I) /PKI/ The act or process of vouching for the ownership of a public key by issuing a public-key certificate that binds the key to the name of the entity that possesses the matching private key. In addition to binding a key with a name, a public-key certificate may bind those items with other restrictive or explanatory data items. (See: X.509 public-key certificate.) Shirey Informational [Page 50] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 4. (O) /SET/ "The process of ascertaining that a set of requirements or criteria has been fulfilled and attesting to that fact to others, usually with some written instrument. A system that has been inspected and evaluated as fully compliant with the SET protocol by duly authorized parties and process would be said to have been certified compliant." [SET2] $ certification authority (CA) 1. (I) An entity that issues digital certificates (especially X.509 certificates) and vouches for the binding between the data items in a certificate. 2. (O) "An authority trusted by one or more users to create and assign certificates. Optionally the certification authority may create the user's keys." [X509] Tutorial: Certificate users depend on the validity of information provided by a certificate. Thus, a CA should be someone that certificate users trust, and usually holds an official position created and granted power by a government, a corporation, or some other organization. A CA is responsible for managing the life cycle of certificates (see: certificate management) and, depending on the type of certificate and the CPS that applies, may be responsible for the life cycle of key pairs associated with the certificates (see: key management). $ certification authority workstation (CAW) (N) A computer system that enables a CA to issue digital certificates and supports other certificate management functions as required. $ certification hierarchy 1. (I) A tree-structured (loop-free) topology of relationships among CAs and the entities to whom the CAs issue public-key certificates. (See: hierarchical PKI, hierarchy management.) Tutorial: In this structure, one CA is the top CA, the highest level of the hierarchy. (See: root, top CA.) The top CA may issue public-key certificates to one or more additional CAs that form the second-highest level. Each of these CAs may issue certificates to more CAs at the third highest level, and so on. The CAs at the second-lowest level issue certificates only to non-CA entities that form the lowest level (see: end entity). Thus, all certification paths begin at the top CA and descend through zero or more levels of other CAs. All certificate users base path validations on the top CA's public key. 2. (I) /PEM/ A certification hierarchy for PEM has three levels of CAs [R1422]: - The highest level is the "Internet Policy Registration Authority". - A CA at the second-highest level is a "policy certification Shirey Informational [Page 51] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 authority". - A CA at the third-highest level is a "certification authority". 3. (O) /MISSI/ A certification hierarchy for MISSI has three or four levels of CAs: - A CA at the highest level, the top CA, is a "policy approving authority". - A CA at the second-highest level is a "policy creation authority". - A CA at the third-highest level is a local authority called a "certification authority". - A CA at the fourth-highest (optional) level is a "subordinate certification authority". 4. (O) /SET/ A certification hierarchy for SET has three or four levels of CAs: - The highest level is a "SET root CA". - A CA at the second-highest level is a "brand certification authority". - A CA at the third-highest (optional) level is a "geopolitical certification authority". - A CA at the fourth-highest level is a "cardholder CA", a "merchant CA", or a "payment gateway CA". $ certification path 1. (I) A linked sequence of one or more public-key certificates, or one or more public-key certificates and one attribute certificate, that enables a certificate user to verify the signature on the last certificate in the path, and thus enables the user to obtain (from that last certificate) a certified public key, or certified attributes, of the system entity that is the subject of that last certificate. (See: trust anchor, certificate validation, valid certificate.) 2. (O) "An ordered sequence of certificates of objects in the [X.500 Directory Information Tree] which, together with the public key of the initial object in the path, can be processed to obtain that of the final object in the path." [R3647, X509] Tutorial: The list is "linked" in the sense that the digital signature of each certificate (except possibly the first) is verified by the public key contained in the preceding certificate; i.e., the private key used to sign a certificate and the public key contained in the preceding certificate form a key pair that has previously been bound to the authority that signed. The path is the "list of certificates needed to [enable] a particular user to obtain the public key [or attributes] of another [user]." [X509] Here, the word "particular" points out that a certification path that can be validated by one certificate user might not be able to be validated by another. That is because either the first certificate needs to be a trusted certificate or Shirey Informational [Page 52] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 the signature on the first certificate needs to be verifiable by a trusted key (e.g., a root key), but such trust is established only relative to a "particular" (i.e., specific) user, not absolutely for all users. $ certification policy (D) Synonym for either "certificate policy" or "certification practice statement". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for either of those terms; that would be duplicative and would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. Instead, use either "certificate policy" or "certification practice statement", depending on what is meant. $ certification practice statement (CPS) (I) "A statement of the practices which a certification authority employs in issuing certificates." [DSG, R3647] (See: certificate policy.) Tutorial: A CPS is a published security policy that can help a certificate user to decide whether a certificate issued by a particular CA can be trusted enough to use in a particular application. A CPS may be (a) a declaration by a CA of the details of the system and practices it uses in its certificate management operations, (b) part of a contract between the CA and an entity to whom a certificate is issued, (c) a statute or regulation applicable to the CA, or (d) a combination of these types involving multiple documents. [DSG] A CPS is usually more detailed and procedurally oriented than a certificate policy. A CPS applies to a particular CA or CA community, while a certificate policy applies across CAs or communities. A CA with its single CPS may support multiple certificate policies, which may be used for different application purposes or by different user communities. On the other hand, multiple CAs, each with a different CPS, may support the same certificate policy. [R3647] $ certification request (I) A algorithm-independent transaction format (e.g., PKCS #10, RFC 4211) that contains a DN, and a public key or, optionally, a set of attributes, collectively signed by the entity requesting certification, and sent to a CA, which transforms the request to an X.509 public-key certificate or another type of certificate. $ certify 1. (I) Issue a digital certificate and thus vouch for the truth, accuracy, and binding between data items in the certificate (e.g., "X.509 public-key certificate"), such as the identity of the certificate's subject and the ownership of a public key. (See: certification.) Shirey Informational [Page 53] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Usage: To "certify a public key" means to issue a public-key certificate that vouches for the binding between the certificate's subject and the key. 2. (I) The act by which a CA uses measures to verify the truth, accuracy, and binding between data items in a digital certificate. Tutorial: A description of the measures used for verification should be included in the CA's CPS. $ CFB (N) See: cipher feedback. $ chain (D) See: trust chain. $ Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) (I) A peer entity authentication method (employed by PPP and other protocols, e.g., RFC 3720) that uses a randomly generated challenge and requires a matching response that depends on a cryptographic hash of some combination of the challenge and a secret key. [R1994] (See: challenge-response, PAP.) $ challenge-response (I) An authentication process that verifies an identity by requiring correct authentication information to be provided in response to a challenge. In a computer system, the authentication information is usually a value that is required to be computed in response to an unpredictable challenge value, but it might be just password. $ Challenge-Response Authentication Mechanism (CRAM) (I) /IMAP4/ A mechanism [R2195], intended for use with IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE, by which an IMAP4 client uses a keyed hash [R2104] to authenticate itself to an IMAP4 server. (See: POP3 APOP.) Tutorial: The server includes a unique timestamp in its ready response to the client. The client replies with the client's name and the hash result of applying MD5 to a string formed from concatenating the timestamp with a shared secret that is known only to the client and the server. $ channel 1. (I) An information transfer path within a system. (See: covert channel.) 2. (O) "A subdivision of the physical medium allowing possibly shared independent uses of the medium." (RFC 3753) $ channel capacity (I) The total capacity of a link to carry information; usually Shirey Informational [Page 54] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 expressed in bits per second. (RFC 3753) (Compare: bandwidth.) Tutorial: Within a given bandwidth, the theoretical maximum channel capacity is given by Shannon's Law. The actual channel capacity is determined by the bandwidth, the coding system used, and the signal-to-noise ratio. $ CHAP (I) See: Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol. $ checksum (I) A value that (a) is computed by a function that is dependent on the contents of a data object and (b) is stored or transmitted together with the object, for the purpose of detecting changes in the data. (See: cyclic redundancy check, data integrity service, error detection code, hash, keyed hash, parity bit, protected checksum.) Tutorial: To gain confidence that a data object has not been changed, an entity that later uses the data can independently recompute the checksum value and compare the result with the value that was stored or transmitted with the object. Computer systems and networks use checksums (and other mechanisms) to detect accidental changes in data. However, active wiretapping that changes data could also change an accompanying checksum to match the changed data. Thus, some checksum functions by themselves are not good countermeasures for active attacks. To protect against active attacks, the checksum function needs to be well-chosen (see: cryptographic hash), and the checksum result needs to be cryptographically protected (see: digital signature, keyed hash). $ Chinese wall policy (I) A security policy to prevent conflict of interest caused by an entity (e.g., a consultant) interacting with competing firms. (See: Brewer-Nash model.) Tutorial: All information is categorized into mutually exclusive conflict-of-interest classes I(1), I(2), ..., I(M), and each firm F(1), F(2), ..., F(N) belongs to exactly one class. The policy states that if a consultant has access to class I(i) information from a firm in that class, then the consultant may not access information from another firm in that same class, but may access information from another firm that is in a different class. Thus, the policy creates a barrier to communication between firms that are in the same conflict-of-interest class. Brewer and Nash modeled enforcement of this policy [BN89], including dealing with policy violations that could occur because two or more consultants work for the same firm. Shirey Informational [Page 55] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ chosen-ciphertext attack (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to determine the key from knowledge of plain text that corresponds to cipher text selected (i.e., dictated) by the analyst. $ chosen-plaintext attack (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to determine the key from knowledge of cipher text that corresponds to plain text selected (i.e., dictated) by the analyst. $ CIAC (O) See: Computer Incident Advisory Capability. $ CIK (N) See: cryptographic ignition key. $ cipher (I) A cryptographic algorithm for encryption and decryption. $ cipher block chaining (CBC) (N) A block cipher mode that enhances ECB mode by chaining together blocks of cipher text it produces. [FP081] (See: block cipher, [R1829], [R2405], [R2451], [SP38A].) Tutorial: This mode operates by combining (exclusive OR-ing) the algorithm's ciphertext output block with the next plaintext block to form the next input block for the algorithm. $ cipher feedback (CFB) (N) A block cipher mode that enhances ECB mode by chaining together the blocks of cipher text it produces and operating on plaintext segments of variable length less than or equal to the block length. [FP081] (See: block cipher, [SP38A].) Tutorial: This mode operates by using the previously generated ciphertext segment as the algorithm's input (i.e., by "feeding back" the cipher text) to generate an output block, and then combining (exclusive OR-ing) that output block with the next plaintext segment (block length or less) to form the next ciphertext segment. $ cipher text 1. (I) /noun/ Data that has been transformed by encryption so that its semantic information content (i.e., its meaning) is no longer intelligible or directly available. (See: ciphertext. Compare: clear text, plain text.) 2. (O) "Data produced through the use of encipherment. The semantic content of the resulting data is not available." [I7498- 2] Shirey Informational [Page 56] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ ciphertext 1. (O) /noun/ Synonym for "cipher text" [I7498-2]. 2. (I) /adjective/ Referring to cipher text. Usage: Commonly used instead of "cipher-text". (Compare: cleartext, plaintext.) $ ciphertext auto-key (CTAK) (D) "Cryptographic logic that uses previous cipher text to generate a key stream." [C4009, A1523] (See: KAK.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it is neither well-known nor precisely defined. Instead, use terms associated with modes that are defined in standards, such as CBC, CFB, and OFB. $ ciphertext-only attack (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to determine the key solely from knowledge of intercepted cipher text (although the analyst may also know other clues, such as the cryptographic algorithm, the language in which the plain text was written, the subject matter of the plain text, and some probable plaintext words.) $ ciphony (O) The process of encrypting audio information. $ CIPSO (I) See: Common IP Security Option. $ CKL (I) See: compromised key list. $ Clark-Wilson model (N) A security model [Clark] to maintain data integrity in the commercial world. (Compare: Bell-LaPadula model.) $ class 2, 3, 4, 5 (O) /U.S. DoD/ Assurance levels for PKIs, and for X.509 public-key certificates issued by a PKI. [DoD7] (See: "first law" under "Courtney's laws".) - "Class 2": Intended for applications handling unclassified, low-value data in minimally or moderately protected environments. - "Class 3": Intended for applications handling unclassified, medium-value data in moderately protected environments, or handling unclassified or high-value data in highly protected environments, and for discretionary access control of classified data in highly protected environments. - "Class 4": Intended for applications handling unclassified, high-value data in minimally protected environments. - "Class 5": Intended for applications handling classified data in minimally protected environments, and for authentication of Shirey Informational [Page 57] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 material that would affect the security of classified systems. The environments are defined as follows: - "Highly protected environment": Networks that are protected either with encryption devices approved by NSA for protection of classified data or via physical isolation, and that are certified for processing system-high classified data, where exposure of unencrypted data is limited to U.S. citizens holding appropriate security clearances. - "Moderately protected environment": -- Physically isolated unclassified, unencrypted networks in which access is restricted based on legitimate need. -- Networks protected by NSA-approved, type 1 encryption, accessible by U.S.-authorized foreign nationals. - "Minimally protected environments": Unencrypted networks connected to either the Internet or NIPRNET, either directly or via a firewall. $ Class A1, B3, B2, B1, C2, or C1 computer system (O) /TCSEC/ See: Tutorial under "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria". $ classification 1. (I) A grouping of classified information to which a hierarchical, restrictive security label is applied to increase protection of the data from unauthorized disclosure. (See: aggregation, classified, data confidentiality service. Compare: category, compartment.) 2. (I) An authorized process by which information is determined to be classified and assigned to a security level. (See: declassification.) Usage: Usually understood to involve data confidentiality, but ISDs SHOULD make this clear when data also is sensitive in other ways and SHOULD use other terms for those other sensitivity concepts. (See: sensitive information, data integrity.) $ classification label (I) A security label that tells the degree of harm that will result from unauthorized disclosure of the labeled data, and may also tell what countermeasures are required to be applied to protect the data from unauthorized disclosure. Example: IPSO. (See: classified, data confidentiality service. Compare: integrity label.) Usage: Usually understood to involve data confidentiality, but ISDs SHOULD make this clear when data also is sensitive in other ways and SHOULD use other terms for those other sensitivity concepts. (See: sensitive information, data integrity.) $ classification level Shirey Informational [Page 58] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 (I) A hierarchical level of protection (against unauthorized disclosure) that is required to be applied to certain classified data. (See: classified. Compare: security level.) Usage: Usually understood to involve data confidentiality, but ISDs SHOULD make this clear when data also is sensitive in other ways and SHOULD use other terms for those other sensitivity concepts. (See: sensitive information, data integrity.) $ classified 1. (I) Refers to information (stored or conveyed, in any form) that is formally required by a security policy to receive data confidentiality service and to be marked with a security label (which in some cases might be implicit) to indicate its protected status. (See: classify, collateral information, SAP, security level. Compare: unclassified.) Usage: Usually understood to involve data confidentiality, but ISDs SHOULD make this clear when data also is sensitive in other ways and SHOULD use other terms for those other sensitivity concepts. (See: sensitive information, data integrity.) Mainly used by federal governments, especially by the military, but the underlying concept also applies outside government. 2. (O) /U.S. DoD/ Information that has been determined pursuant to Executive Order 12958 ("Classified National Security Information", 20 April 1995) or any predecessor order to require protection against unauthorized disclosure and is marked to indicate its classified status when in documentary form. $ classify (I) To officially designate an information item or type of information as being classified and assigned to a specific security level. (See: classified, declassify, security level.) $ clean system (I) A computer system in which the operating system and application system software and files have been freshly installed from trusted software distribution media. (Compare: secure state.) $ clear (D) /verb/ Synonym for "erase". [C4009] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with this definition; that could be confused with "clear text" in which information is directly recoverable. $ clear text 1. (I) /noun/ Data in which the semantic information content (i.e., the meaning) is intelligible or is directly available, i.e., not encrypted. (See: cleartext, in the clear. Compare: Shirey Informational [Page 59] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 cipher text, plain text.) 2. (O) /noun/ "Intelligible data, the semantic content of which is available." [I7498-2] 3. (D) /noun/ Synonym for "plain text". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "plain text", because the plain text that is input to an encryption operation may itself be cipher text that was output from a previous encryption operation. (See: superencryption.) $ clearance See: security clearance. $ clearance level (I) The security level of information to which a security clearance authorizes a person to have access. $ cleartext 1. (O) /noun/ Synonym for "clear text" [I7498-2]. 2. (I) /adjective/ Referring to clear text. Usage: Commonly used instead of "clear-text". (Compare: ciphertext, plaintext.) 3. (D) /adjective/ Synonym for "plaintext". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "plaintext", because the plaintext data that is input to an encryption operation may itself be ciphertext data that was output from a previous encryption operation. (See: superencryption.) $ CLEF (N) See: commercially licensed evaluation facility. $ client (I) A system entity that requests and uses a service provided by another system entity, called a "server". (See: server.) Tutorial: Usually, it is understood that the client and server are automated components of the system, and the client makes the request on behalf of a human user. In some cases, the server may itself be a client of some other server. $ client-server system (I) A distributed system in which one or more entities, called clients, request a specific service from one or more other entities, called servers, that provide the service to the clients. Example: The Word Wide Web, in which component servers provide information that is requested by component clients called "browsers". Shirey Informational [Page 60] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ CLIPPER (N) An integrated microcircuit (in MYK-7x series manufactured by Mykotronx, Inc.) that implements SKIPJACK, has non-deterministic random number generator, and supports key escrow. (See: Escrowed Encryption Standard. Compare: CLIPPER.) Tutorial: The chip was mainly intended for protecting telecommunications over the public switched network. The key escrow scheme for the chip involves a SKIPJACK key that is common to all chips and that protects the unique serial number of the chip, and a second SKIPJACK key unique to the chip that protects all data encrypted by the chip. The second key is escrowed as split key components held by NIST and the U.S. Treasury Department. $ closed security environment (O) /U.S. DoD/ A system environment that meets both of the following conditions: (a) Application developers (including maintainers) have sufficient clearances and authorizations to provide an acceptable presumption that they have not introduced malicious logic. (b) Configuration control provides sufficient assurance that system applications and the equipment they run on are protected against the introduction of malicious logic prior to and during the operation of applications. [NCS04] (See: "first law" under "Courtney's laws". Compare: open security environment.) $ CMA (D) See: certificate management authority. $ CMAC (N) A message authentication code, specified by NIST [SP38B], that is based on a symmetric block cipher. (See: block cipher.) Derivation: Cipher-based MAC. (Compare: HMAC.) Tutorial: Because CMAC is based on approved, symmetric-key block ciphers, such as AES, CMAC can be considered a mode of operation for those block ciphers. (See: mode of operation.) $ CMCS (O) See: COMSEC Material Control System. $ CMM (N) See: Capability Maturity Model. $ CMS (I) See: Cryptographic Message Syntax. $ code 1. (I) A system of symbols used to represent information, which might originally have some other representation. Examples: ASCII, Shirey Informational [Page 61] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 BER, country code, Morse code. (See: encode, object code, source code.) Deprecated Abbreviation: To avoid confusion with definition 1, ISDs SHOULD NOT use "code" as an abbreviation of "country code", "cyclic redundancy code", "Data Authentication Code", "error detection code", or "Message Authentication Code". To avoid misunderstanding, use the fully qualified term in these other cases, at least at the point of first usage. 2. (I) /cryptography/ An encryption algorithm based on substitution; i.e., a system for providing data confidentiality by using arbitrary groups (called "code groups") of letters, numbers, or symbols to represent units of plain text of varying length. (See: codebook, cryptography.) Deprecated Usage: To avoid confusion with definition 1, ISDs SHOULD NOT use "code" as synonym for any of the following terms: (a) "cipher", "hash", or other words that mean "a cryptographic algorithm"; (b) "cipher text"; or (c) "encrypt", "hash", or other words that refer to applying a cryptographic algorithm. 3. (I) An algorithm based on substitution, but used to shorten messages rather than to conceal their content. 4. (I) /computer programming/ To write computer software. (See: object code, source code.) Deprecated Abbreviation: To avoid confusion with definition 1, ISDs SHOULD NOT use "code" as an abbreviation of "object code" or "source code". To avoid misunderstanding, use the fully qualified term in these other cases, at least at the point of first usage. $ code book 1. (I) Document containing a systematically arranged list of plaintext units and their ciphertext equivalents. [C4009] 2. (I) An encryption algorithm that uses a word substitution technique. [C4009] (See: code, ECB.) $ code signing (I) A security mechanism that uses a digital signature to provide data integrity and data origin authentication for software that is being distributed for use. (See: mobile code, trusted distribution.) Tutorial: In some cases, the signature on a software module may imply some assertion that the signer makes about the software. For example, a signature may imply that the software has been designed, developed, or tested according some criterion. Shirey Informational [Page 62] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ code word (O) /U.S. Government/ "A single word assigned a classified meaning by appropriate authority to ensure proper security concerning intentions and to safeguard information pertaining to actual, real-world military plans or operations classified as CONFIDENTIAL or higher." $ collateral information (O) /U.S. Government/ "Information identified as National Security Information under the provisions of [Executive Order] 12958 but which is not subject to enhanced security protection required for SAP information." $ COI (I) See: community of interest. $ cold start (N) /cryptographic module/ A procedure for initially keying cryptographic equipment. [C4009] $ color change (I) In a system being operated in periods processing mode, the act of purging all information from one processing period and then changing over to the next processing period. (See: BLACK, RED.) $ Commercial COMSEC Endorsement Program (CCEP) (O) "Relationship between NSA and industry in which NSA provides the COMSEC expertise (i.e., standards, algorithms, evaluations, and guidance) and industry provides design, development, and production capabilities to produce a type 1 or type 2 product." [C4009] $ commercially licensed evaluation facility (CLEF) (N) An organization that has official approval to evaluate the security of products and systems in accordance with the Common Criteria, ITSEC, or some other standard. (Compare: KLIF.) $ Committee on National Security Systems (CNSS) (O) A U.S. Government, interagency, standing committee of the President's Critical Infrastructure Protection Board. The CNSS is chaired by the Secretary of Defense and provides a forum for the discussion of policy issues, sets national policy, and promulgates direction, operational procedures, and guidance for the security of national security systems. The Secretary of Defense and the Director of Central Intelligence are responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of Government-wide policies, principles, standards, and guidelines for the security of systems that handle national security information. $ Common Criteria for Information Technology Security (N) A standard for evaluating information technology (IT) products and systems. It states requirements for security functions and for Shirey Informational [Page 63] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 assurance measures. [CCIB] (See: CLEF, EAL, packages, protection profile, security target, TOE. Compare: CMM.) Tutorial: Canada, France, Germany, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and the United States (NIST and NSA) began developing this standard in 1993, based on the European ITSEC, the Canadian Trusted Computer Product Evaluation Criteria (CTCPEC), and the U.S. "Federal Criteria for Information Technology Security" and its precursor, the TCSEC. Work was done in cooperation with ISO/IEC Joint Technical Committee 1 (Information Technology), Subcommittee 27 (Security Techniques), Working Group 3 (Security Criteria). Version 2.0 of the Criteria has been issued as ISO's International Standard 15408. The U.S. Government intends this standard to supersede both the TCSEC and FIPS PUB 140. (See: NIAP.) The standard addresses data confidentiality, data integrity, and availability and may apply to other aspects of security. It focuses on threats to information arising from human activities, malicious or otherwise, but may apply to non-human threats. It applies to security measures implemented in hardware, firmware, or software. It does not apply to (a) administrative security not related directly to technical security, (b) technical physical aspects of security such as electromagnetic emanation control, (c) evaluation methodology or administrative and legal framework under which the criteria may be applied, (d) procedures for use of evaluation results, or (e) assessment of inherent qualities of cryptographic algorithms. Part 1, Introduction and General Model, defines general concepts and principles of IT security evaluation; presents a general model of evaluation; and defines constructs for expressing IT security objectives, for selecting and defining IT security requirements, and for writing high-level specifications for products and systems. Part 2, Security Functional Requirements, contains a catalog of well-defined and well-understood functional requirement statements that are intended to be used as a standard way of expressing the security requirements for IT products and systems. Part 3, Security Assurance Requirements, contains a catalog of assurance components for use as a standard way of expressing the such requirements for IT products and systems, and defines evaluation criteria for protection profiles and security targets. $ Common IP Security Option (CIPSO) (I) See: secondary definition under "IPSO". $ common name (N) A character string that (a) may be a part of the X.500 DN of a Directory object ("commonName" attribute), (b) is a (possibly Shirey Informational [Page 64] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 ambiguous) name by which the object is commonly known in some limited scope (such as an organization), and (c) conforms to the naming conventions of the country or culture with which it is associated. [X520] (See: "subject" and "issuer" under "X.509 public-key certificate".) Examples: "Dr. Albert Einstein", "The United Nations", and "12-th Floor Laser Printer". $ communications cover (N) "Concealing or altering of characteristic communications patterns to hide information that could be of value to an adversary." [C4009] (See: operations security, traffic-flow confidentiality, TRANSEC.) $ communication security (COMSEC) (I) Measures that implement and assure security services in a communication system, particularly those that provide data confidentiality and data integrity and that authenticate communicating entities. Usage: COMSEC is usually understood to include (a) cryptography and its related algorithms and key management methods and processes, devices that implement those algorithms and processes, and the life cycle management of the devices and keying material. Also, COMSEC is sometimes more broadly understood as further including (b) traffic-flow confidentiality, (c) TRANSEC, and (d) steganography [Kahn]. (See: cryptology, signal security.) $ community of interest (COI) 1. (I) A set of entities that operate under a common security policy. (Compare: domain.) 2. (O) /U.S. DoD/ "A collaborative group of users who exchange information in support of shared missions, business processes, and objectives." $ community risk (N) Probability that a particular vulnerability will be exploited within an interacting population and adversely affect some members of that population. [C4009] (See: Morris worm.) $ community string (I) A community name in the form of an octet string that serves as a cleartext password in SNMP version 1 (RFC 1157) and version 2 (RFC 1901). (See: password, Simple Network Management Protocol.) Tutorial: The SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 protocols have been declared "historic" and have been replaced by the more secure SNMPv3 standard (RFCs 3410-3418), which does not use cleartext passwords. Shirey Informational [Page 65] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ compartment 1. (I) A grouping of sensitive information items that require special access controls beyond those normally provided for the basic classification level of the information. (See: compartmented security mode. Compare: category, classification.) Usage: The term is usually understood to include the special handling procedures to be used for the information. 2. (I) Synonym for "category". Deprecated Usage: This Glossary defines "category" with a slightly narrower meaning than "compartment". That is, a security label is assigned to a category because the data owner needs to handle the data as a compartment. However, a compartment could receive special protection in a system without being assigned a category label. $ compartmented security mode (N) A mode of system operation wherein all users having access to the system have the necessary security clearance for the single, hierarchical classification level of all data handled by the system, but some users do not have the clearance for a non- hierarchical category of some data handled by the system. (See: category, /system operation/ under "mode", protection level, security clearance.) Usage: Usually abbreviated as "compartmented mode". This term was defined in U.S. Government policy on system accreditation. In this mode a system may hand (a) a single hierarchical classification level and (b) multiple non-hierarchical categories within that level. $ Compartments field (I) A 16-bit field (the "C field") that specifies compartment values in the security option (option type 130) of version 4 IP's datagram header format. The valid field values are assigned by the U.S. Government, as specified in RFC 791. Deprecated Abbreviation: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the abbreviation "C field"; the abbreviation is potentially ambiguous. Instead, use "Compartments field". $ component See: system component. $ compression (I) A process that encodes information in a way that minimizes the number of resulting code symbols and thus reduces storage space or transmission time. Tutorial: A data compression algorithm may be "lossless", i.e., Shirey Informational [Page 66] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 retain all information that was encoded in the data, so that decompression can recover all the information; or an algorithm may be "lossy". Text usually needs to be compressed losslessly, but images are often compressed with lossy schemes. Not all schemes that encode information losslessly for machine processing are efficient in terms of minimizing the number of output bits. For example, ASCII encoding is lossless, but ASCII data can often be losslessly reencoded in fewer bits with other schemes. These more efficient schemes take advantage of some sort of inherent imbalance, redundancy, or repetition in the data, such as by replacing a character string in which all characters are the same by a shorter string consisting of only the single character and a character count. Lossless compression schemes cannot effectively reduce the number of bits in cipher text produced by a strong encryption algorithm, because the cipher text is essentially a pseudorandom bit string that does not contain patterns susceptible to reencoding. Therefore, protocols that offer both encryption and compression services (e.g., SSL) need to perform the compression operation before the encryption operation. $ compromise See: data compromise, security compromise. $ compromise recovery (I) The process of regaining a secure state for a system after detecting that the system has experienced a security compromise. $ compromised key list (CKL) (N) /MISSI/ A list that identifies keys for which unauthorized disclosure or alteration may have occurred. (See: compromise.) Tutorial: A CKL is issued by an CA, like a CRL is issued. But a CKL lists only KMIDs, not subjects that hold the keys, and not certificates in which the keys are bound. $ COMPUSEC (I) See: computer security. $ computer system (I) Synonym for "information system", or a component thereof. (Compare: computer platform.) $ computer emergency response team (CERT) (I) An organization that studies computer and network INFOSEC in order to provide incident response services to victims of attacks, publish alerts concerning vulnerabilities and threats, and offer other information to help improve computer and network security. (See: CSIRT, security incident.) Shirey Informational [Page 67] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Examples: CERT Coordination Center at Carnegie Mellon University (sometimes called "the" CERT); CIAC. $ Computer Incident Advisory Capability (CIAC) (O) The centralized CSIRT of the U.S. Department of Energy; a member of FIRST. $ computer network (I) A collection of host computers together with the subnetwork or internetwork through which they can exchange data. Usage: This definition is intended to cover systems of all sizes and types, ranging from the complex Internet to a simple system composed of a personal computer dialing in as a remote terminal of another computer. $ computer platform (I) A combination of computer hardware and an operating system (which may consist of software, firmware, or both) for that hardware. (Compare: computer system.) $ computer security (COMPUSEC) 1. (I) Measures to implement and assure security services in a computer system, particularly those that assure access control service. Usage: Usually refers to internal controls (functions, features, and technical characteristics) that are implemented in software (especially in operating systems); sometimes refers to internal controls implemented in hardware; rarely used to refer to external controls. 2. (O) "The protection afforded to an automated information system in order to attain the applicable objectives of preserving the integrity, availability and confidentiality of information system resources (includes hardware, software, firmware, information/data, and telecommunications)." [SP12] $ computer security incident response team (CSIRT) (I) An organization "that coordinates and supports the response to security incidents that involve sites within a defined constituency." [R2350] (See: CERT, FIRST, security incident.) Tutorial: To be considered a CSIRT, an organization must do as follows: (a) Provide a (secure) channel for receiving reports about suspected security incidents. (b) Provide assistance to members of its constituency in handling the incidents. (c) Disseminate incident-related information to its constituency and other involved parties. $ computer security object (I) The definition or representation of a resource, tool, or Shirey Informational [Page 68] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 mechanism used to maintain a condition of security in computerized environments. Includes many items referred to in standards that are either selected or defined by separate user communities. [CSOR] (See: object identifier, Computer Security Objects Register.) $ Computer Security Objects Register (CSOR) (N) A service operated by NIST is establishing a catalog for computer security objects to provide stable object definitions identified by unique names. The use of this register will enable the unambiguous specification of security parameters and algorithms to be used in secure data exchanges. (See: object identifier.) Tutorial: The CSOR follows registration guidelines established by the international standards community and ANSI. Those guidelines establish minimum responsibilities for registration authorities and assign the top branches of an international registration hierarchy. Under that international registration hierarchy the CSOR is responsible for the allocation of unique identifiers under the branch: {joint-iso-ccitt(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3)}. $ Computers At Risk (O) The 1991 report [NRC91] of the System Security Study Committee, sponsored by the U.S. National Academy of Sciences and supported by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency of the U.S. DoD. It made many recommendations for industry and Government to improve computer security and trustworthiness. Some of the most important recommendations (e.g., establishing an Information Security Foundation chartered by the U.S. Government) have not been implemented at all, and others (e.g., codifying Generally Accepted System Security Principles similar to accounting principles) have been implemented but not widely adopted [SP14, SP27]. $ COMSEC (I) See: communication security. $ COMSEC account (O) /U.S. Government/ "Administrative entity, identified by an account number, used to maintain accountability, custody, and control of COMSEC material." [C4009] (See: COMSEC custodian.) $ COMSEC accounting (O) /U.S. Government/ The process of creating, collecting, and maintaining data records that describe the status and custody of designated items of COMSEC material. (See: accounting legend code.) Tutorial: Almost any secure information system needs to record a security audit trail, but a system that manages COMSEC material Shirey Informational [Page 69] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 needs to record additional data about the status and custody of COMSEC items. - COMSEC tracking: The process of automatically collecting, recording, and managing information that describes the status of designated items of COMSEC material at all times during each product's lifecycle. - COMSEC controlling: The process of supplementing tracking data with custody data, which consists of explicit acknowledgements of system entities that they (a) have received specific COMSEC items and (b) are responsible for preventing exposure of those items. For example, a key management system that serves a large customer base needs to record tracking data for the same reasons that a national parcel delivery system does, i.e., to answer the question "Where is that thing now?". If keys are encrypted immediately upon generation and handled only in BLACK form between the point of generation and the point of use, then tracking may be all that is needed. However, in cases where keys are handled at least partly in RED form and are potentially subject to exposure, then tracking needs to be supplemented by controlling. Data that is used purely for tracking need be retained only temporarily, until an item's status changes. Data that is used for controlling is retained indefinitely to ensure accountability and support compromise recovery. $ COMSEC boundary (N) "Definable perimeter encompassing all hardware, firmware, and software components performing critical COMSEC functions, such as key generation and key handling and storage." [C4009] [Compare: cryptographic boundary.] $ COMSEC custodian (O) /U.S. Government/ "Individual designated by proper authority to be responsible for the receipt, transfer, accounting, safeguarding, and destruction of COMSEC material assigned to a COMSEC account." [C4009] $ COMSEC material (N) /U.S. Government/ Items designed to secure or authenticate communications or information in general; these items include (but are not limited to) keys; equipment, devices, documents, firmware, and software that embodies or describes cryptographic logic; and other items that perform COMSEC functions. [C4009] (Compare: keying material.) $ COMSEC Material Control System (CMCS) (O) /U.S. Government/ "Logistics and accounting system through which COMSEC material marked 'CRYPTO' is distributed, controlled, and safeguarded." [C4009] (See: COMSEC account, COMSEC custodian.) Shirey Informational [Page 70] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ confidentiality See: data confidentiality. $ concealment system (O) "A method of achieving confidentiality in which sensitive information is hidden by embedding it in irrelevant data." [NCS04] (Compare: steganography.) $ configuration control (I) The process of regulating changes to hardware, firmware, software, and documentation throughout the development and operational life of a system. (See: administrative security, harden, trusted distribution.) Tutorial: Configuration control helps protect against unauthorized or malicious alteration of a system and thus provides assurance of system integrity. (See: malicious logic.) $ confinement property (N) /formal model/ Property of a system whereby a subject has write access to an object only if the classification of the object dominates the clearance of the subject. (See: *-property, Bell- LaPadula model.) $ constraint (I) /access control/ A limitation on the function of an identity, role, or privilege. (See: rule-based access control.) Tutorial: In effect, a constraint is a form of security policy and may be either static or dynamic: - "Static constraint": A constraint that must be satisfied at the time the policy is defined, and then continues to be satisfied until the constraint is removed. - "Dynamic constraint": A constraint that may be defined to apply at various times that the identity, role, or other object of the constraint is active in the system. $ content filter (I) /World Wide Web/ Application software used to prevent access to certain Web servers, such as by parents who do not want their children to access pornography. (See: filter, guard.) Tutorial: The filter is usually browser-based, but could be part of an intermediate cache server. The two basic content filtering techniques are (a) to block a specified list of URLs and (b) to block material that contains specified words and phrases. $ contingency plan (I) A plan for emergency response, backup operations, and post- disaster recovery in a system as part of a security program to ensure availability of critical system resources and facilitate continuity of operations in a crisis. [NCS04] (See: availability.) Shirey Informational [Page 71] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ control zone (O) "The space, expressed in feet of radius, surrounding equipment processing sensitive information, that is under sufficient physical and technical control to preclude an unauthorized entry or compromise." [NCSSG] (Compare: inspectable space, TEMPEST zone.) $ controlled access protection (O) /TCSEC/ The level of evaluation criteria for a C2 computer system. Tutorial: The major features of the C2 level are individual accountability, audit, access control, and object reuse. $ controlled cryptographic item (CCI) (O) /U.S. Government/ "Secure telecommunications or information handling equipment, or associated cryptographic component, that is unclassified but governed by a special set of control requirements." [C4009] (Compare: EUCI.) Tutorial: This category of equipment was established in 1985 to promote broad use of secure equipment for protecting both classified and unclassified information in the national interest. CCI equipment uses a classified cryptographic logic, but the hardware or firmware embodiment of that logic is unclassified. Drawings, software implementations, and other descriptions of that logic remain classified. [N4001] $ controlled interface (I) A mechanism that facilitates the adjudication of the different security policies of interconnected systems. (See: domain, guard.) $ controlled security mode (D) /U.S. DoD/ A mode of system operation wherein (a) two or more security levels of information are allowed to be handled concurrently within the same system when some users having access to the system have neither a security clearance nor need-to-know for some of the data handled by the system, but (b) separation of the users and the classified material on the basis, respectively, of clearance and classification level are not dependent only on operating system control (like they are in multilevel security mode). (See: /system operation/ under "mode", protection level.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. It was defined in a Government policy regarding system accreditation and was subsumed by "partitioned security mode" in a later policy. Both terms were dropped in still later policies. Tutorial: Controlled mode was intended to encourage ingenuity in meeting data confidentiality requirements in ways less restrictive than "dedicated security mode" and "system-high security mode", Shirey Informational [Page 72] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 but at a level of risk lower than that generally associated with true "multilevel security mode". This was intended to be accomplished by implementation of explicit augmenting measures to reduce or remove a substantial measure of system software vulnerability together with specific limitation of the security clearance levels of users having concurrent access to the system. $ controlling authority (O) /U.S. Government/ "Official responsible for directing the operation of a cryptonet and for managing the operational use and control of keying material assigned to the cryptonet." [C4009, N4006] $ cookie 1. (I) /HTTP/ Data exchanged between an HTTP server and a browser (a client of the server) to store state information on the client side and retrieve it later for server use. Tutorial: An HTTP server, when sending data to a client, may send along a cookie, which the client retains after the HTTP connection closes. A server can use this mechanism to maintain persistent client-side state information for HTTP-based applications, retrieving the state information in later connections. A cookie may include a description of the range of URLs for which the state is valid. Future requests made by the client in that range will also send the current value of the cookie to the server. Cookies can be used to generate profiles of web usage habits, and thus may infringe on personal privacy. 2. (I) /IPsec/ Data objects exchanged by ISAKMP to prevent certain denial-of-service attacks during the establishment of a security association. 3. (D) /access control/ Synonym for "capability token" or "ticket". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 3; that would duplicate the meaning of better- established terms and mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. $ Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) (N) UTC is derived from International Atomic Time (TAI) by adding a number of leap seconds. The International Bureau of Weights and Measures computes TAI once each month by averaging data from many laboratories. (See: GeneralizedTime, UTCTime.) $ correction (I) /security/ A system change made to eliminate or reduce the risk of reoccurrence of a security violation or threat consequence. (See: secondary definition under "security".) Shirey Informational [Page 73] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ correctness (I) "The property of a system that is guaranteed as the result of formal verification activities." [Huff] (See: correctness proof, verification.) $ correctness integrity (I) The property that the information represented by data is accurate and consistent. (Compare: data integrity, source integrity.) Tutorial: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without providing a definition; the term is neither well-known nor precisely defined. Data integrity refers to the constancy of data values, and source integrity refers to confidence in data values. However, correctness integrity refers to confidence in the underlying information that data values represent, and this property is closely related to issues of accountability and error handling. $ correctness proof (I) A mathematical proof of consistency between a specification for system security and the implementation of that specification. (See: correctness, formal specification.) $ corruption (I) A type of threat action that undesirably alters system operation by adversely modifying system functions or data. (See: disruption.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Tampering": /corruption/ Deliberately altering a system's logic, data, or control information to interrupt or prevent correct operation of system functions. (See: misuse, main entry for "tampering".) - "Malicious logic": /corruption/ Any hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., a computer virus) intentionally introduced into a system to modify system functions or data. (See: incapacitation, main entry for "malicious logic", masquerade, misuse.) - "Human error": /corruption/ Human action or inaction that unintentionally results in the alteration of system functions or data. - "Hardware or software error": /corruption/ Error that results in the alteration of system functions or data. - "Natural disaster": /corruption/ Any "act of God" (e.g., power surge caused by lightning) that alters system functions or data. [FP031 section 2] $ counter 1. (N) /noun/ See: counter mode. 2. (I) /verb/ See: countermeasure. Shirey Informational [Page 74] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ counter-countermeasure (I) An action, device, procedure, or technique used by an attacker to offset a defensive countermeasure. Tutorial: For every countermeasure devised to protect computers and networks, some cracker probably will be able to devise a counter-countermeasure. Thus, systems must use "defense in depth". $ counter mode (CTR) (N) A block cipher mode that enhances ECB mode by ensuring that each encrypted block is different from every other block encrypted under the same key. [SP38A] (See: block cipher.) Tutorial: This mode operates by first encrypting a generated sequence of blocks, called "counters", which are separate from the input sequence of plaintext blocks which the mode is intended to protect. The resulting sequence of encrypted counters is exclusive-ORed with the sequence of plaintext blocks to produce the final ciphertext output blocks. The sequence of counters must have the property that each counter is different from every other counter for all of the plain text that is encrypted under the same key. $ Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-Message Authentication Code (CCM) (N) A block cipher mode, specified by NIST [SP38C], that provides both data confidentiality and data origin authentication, by combining the techniques of CTR and a CBC-based message authentication code. (See: block cipher.) $ countermeasure (I) An action, device, procedure, or technique that meets or opposes (i.e., counters) a threat, a vulnerability, or an attack by eliminating or preventing it, by minimizing the harm it can cause, or by discovering and reporting it so that corrective action can be taken. Tutorial: In an Internet protocol, a countermeasure may take the form of a protocol feature, an component function, or a usage constraint. $ country code (I) An identifier that is defined for a nation by ISO. [I3166] Tutorial: For each nation, ISO Standard 3166 defines a unique two- character alphabetic code, a unique three-character alphabetic code, and a three-digit code. Among many uses of these codes, the two-character codes are used as top-level domain names. $ Courtney's laws (N) Principles for managing system security that were stated by Robert H. Courtney, Jr. Shirey Informational [Page 75] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: Bill Murray codified Courtney's laws as follows: [Murr] - Courtney's first law: You cannot say anything interesting (i.e., significant) about the security of a system except in the context of a particular application and environment. - Courtney's second law: Never spend more money eliminating a security exposure than tolerating it will cost you. (See: acceptable risk, risk analysis.) -- First corollary: Perfect security has infinite cost. -- Second corollary: There is no such thing as zero risk. - Courtney's third law: There are no technical solutions to management problems, but there are management solutions to technical problems. $ covert action (I) An operation that is planned and executed in a way that conceals the identity of the operator. $ covert channel 1. (I) An unintended or unauthorized intra-system channel that enables two cooperating entities to transfer information in a way that violates the system's security policy but does not exceed the entities' access authorizations. (See: covert storage channel, covert timing channel, out-of-band, tunnel.) 2. (O) "A communications channel that allows two cooperating processes to transfer information in a manner that violates the system's security policy." [NCS04] Tutorial: The cooperating entities can be either two insiders or an insider and an outsider. Of course, an outsider has no access authorization at all. A covert channel is a system feature that the system architects neither designed nor intended for information transfer. $ covert storage channel (I) A system feature that enables one system entity to signal information to another entity by directly or indirectly writing a storage location that is later directly or indirectly read by the second entity. (See: covert channel.) $ covert timing channel (I) A system feature that enable one system entity to signal information to another by modulating its own use of a system resource in such a way as to affect system response time observed by the second entity. (See: covert channel.) $ CPS (I) See: certification practice statement. $ cracker (I) Someone who tries to break the security of, and gain Shirey Informational [Page 76] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 unauthorized access to, someone else's system, often with malicious intent. (See: adversary, intruder, packet monkey, script kiddy. Compare: hacker.) Usage: Was sometimes spelled "kracker". [NCSSG] $ CRAM (I) See: Challenge-Response Authentication Mechanism. $ CRC (I) See: cyclic redundancy check. $ credential 1. (I) /authentication/ "identifier credential": A data object that is a portable representation of the association between a identifier and a unit of authentication information, and that can be presented for use in verifying an identity claimed by an entity that attempts to access a system. Example: X.509 public-key certificate. (See: anonymous credential.) 2. (I) /access control/ "authorization credential": A data object that is a portable representation of the association between an identifier and one or more access authorizations, and that can be presented for use in verifying those authorizations for an entity that attempts such access. Example: X.509 attribute certificate. (See: capability token, ticket.) 3. (D) /OSIRM/ "Data that is transferred to establish the claimed identity of an entity." [I7498-2] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with definition 3. As explained in the tutorial below, an authentication process can involve the transfer of multiple data objects, and not all of those are credentials. 4. (D) /U.S. Government/ "An object that is verified when presented to the verifier in an authentication transaction." [M0404] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term with definition 4; it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. For example, in an authentication process, it is the identity that is "verified", not the credential; the credential is "validated". (See: validate vs. verify.) Tutorial: In general English, "credentials" are evidence or testimonials that (a) support a claim of identity or authorization and (b) usually are intended to be used more than once (i.e., a credential's life is long compared to the time needed for one use). Some examples are a policeman's badge, an automobile driver's license, and a national passport. An authentication or access control process that uses a badge, license, or passport is Shirey Informational [Page 77] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 outwardly simple: the holder just shows the thing. The problem with adopting this term in Internet security is that an automated process for authentication or access control usually requires multiple steps using multiple data objects, and it might not be immediately obvious which of those objects should get the name "credential". For example, if the verification step in a user authentication process employs public-key technology, then the process involves at least three data items: (a) the user's private key, (b) a signed value -- signed with that private key and passed to the system, perhaps in response to a challenge from the system -- and (c) the user's public-key certificate, which is validated by the system and provides the public key needed to verify the signature. - Private key: The private key is *not* a credential, because it is never transferred or presented. Instead, the private key is "authentication information", which is associated with the user's identifier for a specified period of time and can be used in multiple authentications during that time. - Signed value: The signed value is *not* a credential; the signed value is only ephemeral, not long lasting. The OSIRM definition could be interpreted to call the signed value a credential, but that would conflict with general English. - Certificate: The user's certificate *is* a credential. It can be "transferred" or "presented" to any person or process that needs it at any time. A public-key certificate may be used as an "identity credential", and an attribute certificate may be used as an "authorization credential". $ critical 1. (I) /system resource/ A condition of a system resource such that denial of access to, or lack of availability of, that resource would jeopardize a system user's ability to perform a primary function or would result in other serious consequences, such as human injury or loss of life. (See: availability, precedence. Compare: sensitive.) 2. (N) /extension/ An indication that an application is not permitted to ignore an extension. [X509] Tutorial: Each extension of an X.509 certificate or CRL is flagged as either "critical" or "non-critical". In a certificate, if a computer program does not recognize an extension's type (i.e., does not implement its semantics), then if the extension is critical, the program is required to treat the certificate as invalid; but if the extension is non-critical, the program is permitted to ignore the extension. In a CRL, if a program does not recognize a critical extension that is associated with a specific certificate, the program is required to assume that the listed certificate has been revoked Shirey Informational [Page 78] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 and is no longer valid, and then take whatever action is required by local policy. When a program does not recognize a critical extension that is associated with the CRL as a whole, the program is required to assume that all listed certificates have been revoked and are no longer valid. However, since failing to process the extension may mean that the list has not been completed, the program cannot assume that other certificates are valid, and the program needs to take whatever action is therefore required by local policy. $ critical information infrastructure (I) Those systems that are so vital to a nation that their incapacity or destruction would have a debilitating effect on national security, the economy, or public health and safety. $ CRL (I) See: certificate revocation list. $ CRL distribution point (I) See: distribution point. $ CRL extension (I) See: extension. $ cross-certificate (I) A public-key certificate issued by a CA in one PKI to a CA in another PKI. (See: cross-certification.) $ cross-certification (I) The act or process by which a CA in one PKI issues a public- key certificate to a CA in another PKI. [X509] (See: bridge CA.) Tutorial: X.509 says that a CA (say CA1) may issue a "cross- certificate" in which the subject is another CA (say CA2). X.509 calls CA2 the "subject CA" and calls CA1 an "intermediate CA", but this Glossary deprecates those terms. (See: intermediate CA, subject CA). Cross-certification of CA2 by CA1 appears similar to certification of a subordinate CA by a superior CA, but cross-certification involves a different concept. The "subordinate CA" concept applies when both CAs are in the same PKI, i.e., when either (a) CA1 and CA2 are under the same root or (b) CA1 is itself a root. The "cross-certification" concept applies in other cases: First, cross-certification applies when two CAs are in different PKIs, i.e., when CA1 and CA2 are under different roots, or perhaps are both roots themselves. Issuing the cross-certificate enables end entities certified under CA1 in PK1 to construct the certification paths needed to validate the certificates of end entities certified under CA2 in PKI2. Sometimes, a pair of cross- Shirey Informational [Page 79] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 certificates is issued -- by CA1 to CA2, and by CA2 to CA1 -- so that an end entity in either PKI can validate certificates issued in the other PKI. Second, X.509 says that two CAs in some complex, multi-CA PKI can cross-certify one another for the purpose of shortening the certification paths constructed by end entities. Whether or not a CA may perform this or any other form of cross-certification, and how such certificates may be used by end entities, should be addressed by the local certificate policy and CPS. $ cross-domain solution 1. (D) Synonym for "guard". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "guard"; this term unnecessarily (and verbosely) duplicates the meaning of the long-established "guard". 2. (O) /U.S. Government/ A process or subsystem that provides a capability (which could be either manual or automated) to access two or more differing security domains in a system, or to transfer information between such domains. (See: domain, guard.) $ cryptanalysis 1. (I) The mathematical science that deals with analysis of a cryptographic system in order to gain knowledge needed to break or circumvent the protection that the system is designed to provide. (See: cryptology, secondary defintion under "intrusion".) 2. (O) "The analysis of a cryptographic system and/or its inputs and outputs to derive confidential variables and/or sensitive data including cleartext." [I7498-2] Tutorial: Definition 2 states the traditional goal of cryptanalysis, i.e. convert cipher text to plain text (which usually is clear text) without knowing the key; but that definition applies only to encryption systems. Today, the term is used with reference to all kinds of cryptographic algorithms and key management, and definition 1 reflects that. In all cases, however, a cryptanalyst tries to uncover or reproduce someone else's sensitive data, such as clear text, a key, or an algorithm. The basic cryptanalytic attacks on encryption systems are ciphertext-only, known-plaintext, chosen-plaintext, and chosen- ciphertext; and these generalize to the other kinds of cryptography. $ crypto, CRYPTO 1. (N) A prefix ("crypto-") that means "cryptographic". Usage: ISDs MAY use this prefix when it is part of a term listed in this Glossary. Otherwise, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this prefix; instead, use the unabbreviated adjective, "cryptographic". Shirey Informational [Page 80] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 2. (D) In lower case, "crypto" is an abbreviation for the adjective "cryptographic", or for the nouns "cryptography" or "cryptographic component". Deprecated Abbreviation: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this abbreviation because it could easily be misunderstood in some technical sense. 3. (O) /U.S. Government/ In upper case, "CRYPTO" is a marking or designator that identifies "COMSEC keying material used to secure or authenticate telecommunications carrying classified or sensitive U.S. Government or U.S. Government-derived information." [C4009] $ cryptographic (I) An adjective that refers to cryptography. $ cryptographic algorithm (I) An algorithm that uses the science of cryptography, including (a) encryption algorithms, (b) cryptographic hash algorithms, (c) digital signature algorithms, and (d) key-agreement algorithms. $ cryptographic application programming interface (CAPI) (I) The source code formats and procedures through which an application program accesses cryptographic services, which are defined abstractly compared to their actual implementation. Example, see: PKCS #11, [R2628]. $ cryptographic association (I) A security association that involves the use of cryptography to provide security services for data exchanged by the associated entities. (See: ISAKMP.) $ cryptographic boundary (I) See: secondary definition under "cryptographic module". $ cryptographic card (I) A cryptographic token in the form of a smart card or a PC card. $ cryptographic component (I) A generic term for any system component that involves cryptography. (See: cryptographic module.) $ cryptographic hash (I) See: secondary definition under "hash function". $ cryptographic ignition key (CIK) 1. (N) A physical (usually electronic) token used to store, transport, and protect cryptographic keys and activation data. Usage: Sometimes abbreviated as "crypto-ignition key". (Compare: fill device.) Shirey Informational [Page 81] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: A key-encrypting key could be divided (see: split key) between a CIK and a cryptographic module, so that it would be necessary to combine the two to regenerate the key, use it to decrypt other keys and data contained in the module, and thus activate the module. 2. (O) "Device or electronic key used to unlock the secure mode of cryptographic equipment." [C4009] $ cryptographic key (I) See: key. Usage: Usually shortened to just "key". $ Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS) (I) An encapsulation syntax (RFC 3852) for digital signatures, hashes, and encryption of arbitrary messages. Tutorial: CMS derives from PKCS #7. CMS values are specified with ASN.1 and use BER encoding. The syntax permits multiple encapsulation with nesting, permits arbitrary attributes to be signed along with message content, and supports a variety of architectures for digital certificate-based key management. $ cryptographic module (I) A set of hardware, software, firmware, or some combination thereof that implements cryptographic logic or processes, including cryptographic algorithms, and is contained within the module's "cryptographic boundary", which is an explicitly defined contiguous perimeter that establishes the physical bounds of the module. [FP140] $ cryptographic system 1. (I) A set of cryptographic algorithms together with the key management processes that support use of the algorithms in some application context. Usage: ISDs SHOULD use definition 1 because it covers a wider range of algorithms than definition 2. 2. (O) "A collection of transformations from plain text into cipher text and vice versa [which would exclude digital signature, cryptographic hash, and key-agreement algorithms], the particular transformation(s) to be used being selected by keys. The transformations are normally defined by a mathematical algorithm." [X509] $ cryptographic token 1. (I) A portable, user-controlled, physical device (e.g., smart card or PCMCIA card) used to store cryptographic information and possibly also perform cryptographic functions. (See: cryptographic card, token.) Shirey Informational [Page 82] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: A smart token might implement some set of cryptographic algorithms and might incorporate related key management functions, such as a random number generator. A smart cryptographic token may contain a cryptographic module or may not be explicitly designed that way. $ cryptography 1. (I) The mathematical science that deals with transforming data to render its meaning unintelligible (i.e., to hide its semantic content), prevent its undetected alteration, or prevent its unauthorized use. If the transformation is reversible, cryptography also deals with restoring encrypted data to intelligible form. (See: cryptology, steganography.) 2. (O) "The discipline which embodies principles, means, and methods for the transformation of data in order to hide its information content, prevent its undetected modification and/or prevent its unauthorized use ... . Cryptography determines the methods used in encipherment and decipherment." [I7498-2] Tutorial: Comprehensive coverage of applied cryptographic protocols and algorithms is provided by Schneier [Schn]. Businesses and governments use cryptography to make data incomprehensible to outsiders; to make data incomprehensible to both outsiders and insiders, the data is sent to lawyers for a rewrite. $ Cryptoki (N) A CAPI defined in PKCS #11. Pronunciation: "CRYPTO-key". Derivation: Abbreviation of "cryptographic token interface". $ cryptology (I) The science of secret communication, that includes both cryptography and cryptanalysis. Tutorial: Sometimes the term is used more broadly to denote activity that includes both rendering signals secure (see: signal security) and extracting information from signals (see: signal intelligence) [Kahn]. $ cryptonet (I) A network (i.e., a communicating set) of system entities that share a secret cryptographic key for a symmetric algorithm. (See: controlling authority.) (O) "Stations holding a common key." [C4009] $ cryptoperiod (I) The time span during which a particular key value is authorized to be used in a cryptographic system. (See: key management.) Shirey Informational [Page 83] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Usage: This term is long-established in COMPUSEC usage. In the context of certificates and public keys, "key lifetime" and "validity period" are often used instead. Tutorial: A cryptoperiod is usually stated in terms of calendar or clock time, but sometimes is stated in terms of the maximum amount of data permitted to be processed by a cryptographic algorithm using the key. Specifying a cryptoperiod involves a tradeoff between the cost of rekeying and the risk of successful cryptoanalysis. $ cryptosystem (I) Contraction of "cryptographic system". $ cryptovariable (D) Synonym for "key". Deprecated Usage: In contemporary COMSEC usage, the term "key" has replaced the term "cryptovariable". $ CSIRT (I) See: computer security incident response team. $ CSOR (N) See: Computer Security Objects Register. $ CTAK (D) See: ciphertext auto-key. $ CTR (N) See: counter mode. $ cut-and-paste attack (I) An active attack on the data integrity of cipher text, effected by replacing sections of cipher text with other cipher text, such that the result appears to decrypt correctly but actually decrypts to plain text that is forged to the satisfaction of the attacker. $ cyclic redundancy check (CRC) (I) A type of checksum algorithm that is not a cryptographic hash but is used to implement data integrity service where accidental changes to data are expected. Sometimes called "cyclic redundancy code". $ DAC (N) See: Data Authentication Code, discretionary access control. Deprecated Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because this abbreviation is ambiguous. Shirey Informational [Page 84] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ daemon (I) A computer program that is not invoked explicitly but waits until a specified condition occurs, and then runs with no associated user (principal), usually for an administrative purpose. (See: zombie.) $ dangling threat (O) A threat to a system for which there is no corresponding vulnerability and, therefore, no implied risk. [C4009] $ dangling vulnerability (O) A vulnerability of a system for which there is no corresponding threat and, therefore, no implied risk. [C4009] $ DASS (I) See: Distributed Authentication Security Service. $ data (I) Information in a specific representation, usually as a sequence of symbols that have meaning. Usage: Refers to both (a) representations that can be recognized, processed, or produced by a computer or other type of machine, and (b) representations that can be handled by a human. $ Data Authentication Algorithm, data authentication algorithm 1. (N) /capitalized/ The ANSI standard for a keyed hash function that is equivalent to DES cipher block chaining with IV = 0. [A9009] 2. (D) /not capitalized/ Synonym for some kind of "checksum". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the uncapitalized form "data authentication algorithm" as a synonym for any kind of checksum, regardless of whether or not the checksum is based on a hash. Instead, use "checksum", "Data Authentication Code", "error detection code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication Code", "protected checksum", or some other specific term, depending on what is meant. The uncapitalized term can be confused with the Data Authentication Code and also mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. The word "authentication" is misleading because the checksum may be used to perform a data integrity function rather than a data origin authentication function. $ Data Authentication Code, data authentication code 1. (N) /capitalized/ A specific U.S. Government standard [FP113] for a checksum that is computed by the Data Authentication Algorithm. Usage: a.k.a. Message Authentication Code [A9009].) (See: DAC.) Shirey Informational [Page 85] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 2. (D) /not capitalized/ Synonym for some kind of "checksum". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the uncapitalized form "data authentication code" as a synonym for any kind of checksum, regardless of whether or not the checksum is based on the Data Authentication Algorithm. The uncapitalized term can be confused with the Data Authentication Code and also mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way (see: authentication code). $ data compromise 1. (I) A security incident in which information is exposed to potential unauthorized access, such that unauthorized disclosure, alteration, or use of the information might have occurred. (Compare: security compromise.) 2. (O) /U.S. DoD/ A "compromise" is a "communication or physical transfer of information to an unauthorized recipient." [DoD5] 3. (O) /U.S. Government/ A "compromise" is an "unauthorized disclosure of classified information." $ data confidentiality 1. (I) The property that data is not disclosed to system entities unless they have been authorized to know the data. (See: Bell- LaPadula model, classification, data confidentiality service. Compare: privacy.) 2. (D) "The property that information is not made available or disclosed to unauthorized individuals, entities, or processes [i.e., to any unauthorized system entity]." [I7498-2]. Deprecated Definition: The phrase "made available" might be interpreted to mean that the data could be altered, and that would confuse this term with the concept of "data integrity". $ data confidentiality service (I) A security service that protects data against unauthorized disclosure. (See: access control, data confidentiality, datagram confidentiality service, flow control, inference control.) Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "privacy", which is a different concept. $ Data Encryption Algorithm (DEA) (N) A symmetric block cipher, defined in the U.S. Government's DES. DEA uses a 64-bit key, of which 56 bits are independently chosen and 8 are parity bits, and maps a 64-bit block into another 64-bit block. [FP046] (See: AES, symmetric cryptography.) Usage: This algorithm is usually referred to as "DES". The algorithm has also been adopted in standards outside the Government (e.g., [A3092]). Shirey Informational [Page 86] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ data encryption key (DEK) (I) A cryptographic key that is used to encipher application data. (Compare: key-encrypting key.) $ Data Encryption Standard (DES) (N) A U.S. Government standard [FP046] that specifies the DEA and states policy for using the algorithm to protect unclassified, sensitive data. (See: AES.) $ data integrity 1. (I) The property that data has not been changed, destroyed, or lost in an unauthorized or accidental manner. (See: data integrity service. Compare: correctness integrity, source integrity.) 2. (O) "The property that information has not been modified or destroyed in an unauthorized manner." [I7498-2] Usage: Deals with (a) constancy of and confidence in data values, and not with either (b) information that the values represent (see: correctness integrity) or (c) the trustworthiness of the source of the values (see: source integrity). $ data integrity service (I) A security service that protects against unauthorized changes to data, including both intentional change or destruction and accidental change or loss, by ensuring that changes to data are detectable. (See: data integrity, checksum, datagram integrity service.) Tutorial: A data integrity service can only detect a change and report it to an appropriate system entity; changes cannot be prevented unless the system is perfect (error-free) and no malicious user has access. However, a system that offers data integrity service might also attempt to correct and recover from changes. The ability of this service to detect changes is limited by the technology of the mechanisms used to implement the service. For example, if the mechanism were a one-bit parity check across each entire SDU, then changes to an odd number of bits in an SDU would be detected, but changes to an even number of bits would not. Relationship between data integrity service and authentication services: Although data integrity service is defined separately from data origin authentication service and peer entity authentication service, it is closely related to them. Authentication services depend, by definition, on companion data integrity services. Data origin authentication service provides verification that the identity of the original source of a received data unit is as claimed; there can be no such verification if the data unit has been altered. Peer entity Shirey Informational [Page 87] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 authentication service provides verification that the identity of a peer entity in a current association is as claimed; there can be no such verification if the claimed identity has been altered. $ data origin authentication (I) "The corroboration that the source of data received is as claimed." [I7498-2] (See: authentication.) $ data origin authentication service (I) A security service that verifies the identity of a system entity that is claimed to be the original source of received data. (See: authentication, authentication service.) Tutorial: This service is provided to any system entity that receives or holds the data. Unlike peer entity authentication service, this service is independent of any association between the originator and the recipient, and the data in question may have originated at any time in the past. A digital signature mechanism can be used to provide this service, because someone who does not know the private key cannot forge the correct signature. However, by using the signer's public key, anyone can verify the origin of correctly signed data. This service is usually bundled with connectionless data integrity service. (See: "relationship between data integrity service and authentication services" under "data integrity service". $ data owner (N) The organization that has the final statutory and operational authority for specified information. $ data privacy (D) Synonym for "data confidentiality". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. Instead, use either "data confidentiality" or "privacy" or both, depending on what is meant. $ data recovery 1. (I) /cryptanalysis/ A process for learning, from some cipher text, the plain text that was previously encrypted to produce the cipher text. (See: recovery.) 2. (I) /system integrity/ The process of restoring information following damage or destruction. $ data security (I) The protection of data from disclosure, alteration, destruction, or loss that either is accidental or is intentional but unauthorized. Shirey Informational [Page 88] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: Both data confidentiality service and data integrity service are needed to achieve data security. $ datagram (I) "A self-contained, independent entity of data [i.e., a packet] carrying sufficient information to be routed from the source [computer] to the destination computer without reliance on earlier exchanges between this source and destination computer and the transporting network." [R1983] Example: A PDU of IP. $ datagram confidentiality service (I) A data confidentiality service that preserves the confidentiality of data in a single, independent, packet; i.e., the service applies to datagrams one-at-a-time. Example: ESP. (See: data confidentiality.) Usage: When a protocol is said to provide data confidentiality service, this is usually understood to mean that only the SDU is protected in each packet. ISDs that use the term to mean that the entire PDU is protected should include a highlighted definition. Tutorial: This basic form of network confidentiality service suffices for protecting the data in a stream of packets in both connectionless and connection-oriented protocols. Except perhaps for traffic flow confidentiality, nothing further is needed to protect the confidentiality of data carried by a packet stream. The OSIRM distinguishes between connection confidentiality and connectionless confidentiality. The IPS need not make that distinction, because those services are just instances of the same service (i.e., datagram confidentiality) being offered in two different protocol contexts. (For data integrity service, however, additional effort is needed to protect a stream, and the IPS does need to distinguish between "datagram integrity service" and "stream integrity service".) $ datagram integrity service (I) A data integrity service that preserves the integrity of data in a single, independent, packet; i.e., the service applies to datagrams one-at-a-time. (See: data integrity. Compare: stream integrity service.) Tutorial: The ability to provide appropriate data integrity is important in many Internet security situations, and so there are different kinds of data integrity services suited to different applications. This service is the simplest kind; it is suitable for connectionless data transfers. Datagram integrity service usually is designed only to attempt to detect changes to the SDU in each packet, but it might also attempt to detect changes to some or all of the PCI in each packet (see: selective field integrity). In contrast to this simple, one- at-a-time service, some security situations demand a more complex Shirey Informational [Page 89] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 service that also attempts to detect deleted, inserted, or reordered datagrams within a stream of datagrams (see: stream integrity service). $ DEA (N) See: Data Encryption Algorithm. $ deception (I) A circumstance or event that may result in an authorized entity receiving false data and believing it to be true. (See: authentication.) Tutorial: This is a type of threat consequence, and it can be caused by the following types of threat actions: masquerade, falsification, and repudiation. $ decipher (D) Synonym for "decrypt". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decrypt". However, see usage note under "encryption". $ decipherment (D) Synonym for "decryption". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decryption". However, see the Usage note under "encryption". $ declassification (I) An authorized process by which information is declassified. (See: classification.) $ declassify (I) To officially remove the security level designation of a classified information item or information type, such that the information is no longer classified (i.e., becomes unclassified). (See: classified, classify, security level. Compare: downgrade.) $ decode 1. (I) Convert encoded data back to its original form of representation. (Compare: decrypt.) 2. (D) Synonym for "decrypt". Deprecated Definition: Encoding is not usually meant to conceal meaning. Therefore, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decrypt", because that would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. $ decrypt (I) Cryptographically restore cipher text to the plaintext form it had before encryption. Shirey Informational [Page 90] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ decryption (I) See: secondary definition under "encryption". $ dedicated security mode (I) A mode of system operation wherein all users having access to the system possess, for all data handled by the system, both (a) all necessary authorizations (i.e., security clearance and formal access approval) and (b) a need-to-know. (See: /system operation/ under "mode", formal access approval, need to know, protection level, security clearance.) Usage: Usually abbreviated as "dedicated mode". This mode was defined in U.S. Government policy on system accreditation, but the term is also used outside the Government. In this mode, the system may handle either (a) a single classification level or category of information or (b) a range of levels and categories. $ default account (I) A system login account (usually accessed with a user identifier and password) that has been predefined in a manufactured system to permit initial access when the system is first put into service. (See: harden.) Tutorial: A default account becomes a serious vulnerability if not properly administered. Sometimes, the default identifier and password are well-known because they are the same in each copy of the system. In any case, when a system is put into service, any default password should immediately be changed or the default account should be disabled. $ defense in depth (N) "The siting of mutually supporting defense positions designed to absorb and progressively weaken attack, prevent initial observations of the whole position by the enemy, and [enable] the commander to maneuver the reserve." [JCSP1] Tutorial: In information systems, defense in depth means constructing a system's security architecture with layered and complementary security mechanisms and countermeasures, so that if one security mechanism is defeated, one or more other mechanisms (which are "behind" or "beneath" the first mechanism) still provide protection. This architectural concept is appealing because it aligns with traditional warfare doctrine, which applies defense in depth to physical, geospatial structures; but applying the concept to logical, cyberspace structures of computer networks is more difficult. The concept assumes that networks have a spatial or topological representation. It also assumes that there can be implemented -- from the "outer perimeter" of a network, through its various "layers" of components, to its "center" (i.e., to the Shirey Informational [Page 91] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 subscriber application systems supported by the network) -- a varied series of countermeasures that together provide adequate protection. However, it is more difficult to map the topology of networks and make certain that no path exists by which an attacker could bypass all defensive layers. $ Defense Information Infrastructure (DII) (O) /U.S. DoD/ The U.S. DoD's shared, interconnected system of computers, communications, data, applications, security, people, training, and support structures, serving information needs worldwide. (See: DISN.) Usage: Has evolved to be called the GIG. Tutorial: The DII connects mission support, command and control, and intelligence computers and users through voice, data, imagery, video, and multimedia services, and provides information processing and value-added services to subscribers over the DISN. Users' own data and application software are not considered part of the DII. $ Defense Information Systems Network (DISN) (O) /U.S. DoD/ The U.S. DoD's consolidated, worldwide, enterprise level telecommunications infrastructure that provides end-to-end information transfer for supporting military operations; a part of the DII. (Compare: GIG.) $ degauss 1a. (N) Apply a magnetic field to permanently remove data from a magnetic storage medium, such as a tape or disk [NCS25]. (Compare: erase, purge, sanitize.) 1b. (N) Reduce magnetic flux density to zero by applying a reversing magnetic field. (See: magnetic remanence.) $ degausser (N) An electrical device that can degauss magnetic storage media. $ DEK (I) See: data encryption key. $ delay (I) /packet/ See: secondary definition under "stream integrity service". $ deletion (I) /packet/ See: secondary definition under "stream integrity service". $ deliberate exposure (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "exposure". $ delta CRL (I) A partial CRL that only contains entries for certificates that Shirey Informational [Page 92] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 have been revoked since the issuance of a prior, base CRL [X509]. This method can be used to partition CRLs that become too large and unwieldy. (Compare: CRL distribution point.) $ demilitarized zone (DMZ) (D) Synonym for "buffer zone". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ denial of service (I) The prevention of authorized access to a system resource or the delaying of system operations and functions. (See: availability, critical, flooding.) Tutorial: A denial-of-service attack can prevent the normal conduct of business on the Internet. There are four types of solutions to this security problem: - Awareness: Maintaining cognizance of security threats and vulnerabilities. (See: CERT.) - Detection: Finding attacks on end systems and subnetworks. (See: intrusion detection.) - Prevention: Following defensive practices on network-connected systems. (See: [R2827].) - Response: Reacting effectively when attacks occur. (See: CSIRT, contingency plan.) $ DES (N) See: Data Encryption Standard. $ designated approving authority (DAA) (O) /U.S. Government/ Synonym for "accreditor". $ detection (I) See: secondary definition under "security". $ deterrence (I) See: secondary definition under "security". $ dictionary attack (I) An attack that uses a brute-force technique of successively trying all the words in some large, exhaustive list. Examples: Attack an authentication service by trying all possible passwords. Attack an encryption service by encrypting some known plaintext phrase with all possible keys so that the key for any given encrypted message containing that phrase may be obtained by lookup. Shirey Informational [Page 93] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Diffie-Hellman $ Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (N) A key-agreement algorithm published in 1976 by Whitfield Diffie and Martin Hellman [DH76, R2631]. Usage: The algoritm is most often called "Diffie-Hellman". However, in the November 1978 issue of "IEEE Communications Magazine", Hellman wrote that the algorithm "is a public key distribution system, a concept developed by [Ralph C.] Merkle, and hence should be called 'Diffie-Hellman-Merkle' . . . to recognize Merkle's equal contribution to the invention of public key cryptography." Tutorial: Diffie-Hellman-Merkle does key establishment, not encryption. However, the key that it produces may be used for encryption, for further key management operations, or for any other cryptography. The algorithm is described in [R2631] and [Schn]. In brief, Alice and Bob together pick large integers that satisfy certain mathematical conditions, and then use the integers to each separately compute a public-private key pair. They send each other their public key. Each person uses their own private key and the other person's public key to compute a key, k, that, because of the mathematics of the algorithm, is the same for each of them. Passive wiretapping cannot learn the shared k, because k is not transmitted, and neither are the private keys needed to compute k. The difficulty of breaking Diffie-Hellman-Merkle is considered to be equal to the difficulty of computing discrete logarithms modulo a large prime. However, without additional mechanisms to authenticate each party to the other, a protocol based on the algorithm may be vulnerable to a man-in-the-middle attack. $ digest See: message digest. $ digital certificate (I) A certificate document in the form of a digital data object (a data object used by a computer) to which is appended a computed digital signature value that depends on the data object. (See: attribute certificate, public-key certificate.) Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to refer to a signed CRL or CKL. Although the recommended definition can be interpreted to include other signed items, the security community does not use the term with those meanings. $ digital certification (D) Synonym for "certification". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this definition unless Shirey Informational [Page 94] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 the context is not sufficient to distinguish between digital certification and another kind of certification, in which case it would be better to use "public-key certification" or another phrase that indicates what is being certified. $ digital document (I) An electronic data object that represents information originally written in a non-electronic, non-magnetic medium (usually ink on paper) or is an analogue of a document of that type. $ digital envelope (I) A combination of (a) encrypted content data (of any kind) intended for a recipient and (b) the content encryption key in an encrypted form that has been prepared for the use of the recipient. Usage: In ISDs, the term SHOULD be defined at the point of first use because, although the term is defined in PKCS #7 and used in S/MIME, it is not widely known. Tutorial: Digital enveloping is not simply a synonym for implementing data confidentiality with encryption; digital enveloping is a hybrid encryption scheme to "seal" a message or other data, by encrypting the data and sending both it and a protected form of the key to the intended recipient, so that no one other than the intended recipient can "open" the message. In PKCS #7, it means first encrypting the data using a symmetric encryption algorithm and a secret key, and then encrypting the secret key using an asymmetric encryption algorithm and the public key of the intended recipient. In S/MIME, additional methods are defined for encrypting the content encryption key. $ Digital ID(service mark) (D) Synonym for "digital certificate". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. It is a service mark of a commercial firm, and it unnecessarily duplicates the meaning of a better-established term. (See: credential.) $ digital key (D) Synonym for an input parameter of a cryptographic algorithm or other process. (See: key.) Deprecated Usage: The adjective "digital" need not be used with "key" or "cryptographic key", unless the context is insufficient to distinguish the digital key from another kind of key, such as a metal key for a door lock. $ digital notary (I) An electronic functionary analogous to a notary public. Provides a trusted time stamp for a digital document, so that Shirey Informational [Page 95] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 someone can later prove that the document existed at that point in time; verifies the signature(s) on a signed document before applying the stamp. (See: notarization.) $ digital signature 1. (I) A value computed with a cryptographic algorithm and associated with a data object in such a way that any recipient of the data can use the signature to verify the data's origin and integrity. (See: data origin authentication service, data integrity service, signer. Compare: digitized signature, electronic signature.) 2. (O) "Data appended to, or a cryptographic transformation of, a data unit that allows a recipient of the data unit to prove the source and integrity of the data unit and protect against forgery, e.g. by the recipient." [I7498-2] Tutorial: A digital signature should have these properties: - Be capable of being verified. (See: validate vs. verify.) - Be bound to the signed data object in such a way that if the data is changed, then when an attempt is made to verify the signature, it will be seen as not authentic. (In some schemes, the signature is appended to the signed object as stated by definition 2, but in other schemes it is not.) - Uniquely identify a system entity as being the signer. - Be under the signer's sole control, so that it cannot be created by any other entity. To achieve these properties, the data object is first input to a hash function, and then the hash result is cryptographically transformed using a private key of the signer. The final resulting value is called the digital signature of the data object. The signature value is a protected checksum, because the properties of a cryptographic hash ensure that if the data object is changed, the digital signature will no longer match it. The digital signature is unforgeable because one cannot be certain of correctly creating or changing the signature without knowing the private key of the supposed signer. Some digital signature schemes use an asymmetric encryption algorithm (e.g., "RSA") to transform the hash result. Thus, when Alice needs to sign a message to send to Bob, she can use her private key to encrypt the hash result. Bob receives both the message and the digital signature. Bob can use Alice's public key to decrypt the signature, and then compare the plaintext result to the hash result that he computes by hashing the message himself. If the values are equal, Bob accepts the message because he is certain that it is from Alice and has arrived unchanged. If the values are not equal, Bob rejects the message because either the message or the signature was altered in transit. Other digital signature schemes (e.g., "DSS") transform the hash Shirey Informational [Page 96] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 result with an algorithm (e.g., "DSA", "El Gamal") that cannot be directly used to encrypt data. Such a scheme creates a signature value from the hash and provides a way to verify the signature value, but does not provide a way to recover the hash result from the signature value. In some countries, such a scheme may improve exportability and avoid other legal constraints on usage. Alice sends the signature value to Bob along with both the message and its hash result. The algorithm enables Bob to use Alice's public signature key and the signature value to verify the hash result he receives. Then, as before, he compares that hash result she sent to the one that he computes by hashing the message himself. $ Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) (N) An asymmetric cryptographic algorithm for a digital signature in the form of a pair of large numbers. The signature is computed using rules and parameters such that the identity of the signer and the integrity of the signed data can be verified. (See: DSS.) $ Digital Signature Standard (DSS) (N) The U.S. Government standard [FP186] that specifies the DSA. $ digital watermarking (I) Computing techniques for inseparably embedding unobtrusive marks or labels as bits in digital data -- text, graphics, images, video, or audio -- and for detecting or extracting the marks later. Tutorial: A "digital watermark", i.e., the set of embedded bits, is sometimes hidden, usually imperceptible, and always intended to be unobtrusive. Depending on the particular technique that is used, digital watermarking can assist in proving ownership, controlling duplication, tracing distribution, ensuring data integrity, and performing other functions to protect intellectual property rights. [ACM] $ digitized signature (D) Denotes various forms of digitized images of handwritten signatures. (Compare: digital signature). Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without including this definition. This term suggests careless use of "digital signature", which is the term standardized by [I7498-2]. (See: electronic signature.) $ DII (O) See: Defense Information Infrastructure. $ direct attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". Compare: indirect attack. Shirey Informational [Page 97] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ directory, Directory 1. (I) /not capitalized/ Refers generically to a database server or other system that stores and provides access to values of descriptive or operational data items that are associated with the components of a system. (Compare: repository.) 2. (N) /capitalized/ Refers specifically to the X.500 Directory. (See: DN, X.500.) $ Directory Access Protocol (DAP) (N) An OSI protocol [X519] for communication between a Directory User Agent (a type of X.500 client) and a Directory System Agent (a type of X.500 server). (See: LDAP.) $ disaster plan (O) Synonym for "contingency plan". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; instead, for consistency and neutrality of language, ISDs SHOULD use "contingency plan". $ disclosure See: unauthorized disclosure. Compare: exposure. $ discretionary access control 1a. (I) An access control service that (a) enforces a security policy based on the identity of system entities and the authorizations associated with the identities and (b) incorporates a concept of ownership in which access rights for a system resource may be granted and revoked by the entity that owns the resource. (See: access control list, DAC, identity-based security policy, mandatory access control.) Derivation: This service is termed "discretionary" because an entity can be granted access rights to a resource such that the entity can by its own volition enable other entities to access the resource. 1b. (O) /formal model/ "A means of restricting access to objects based on the identity of subjects and/or groups to which they belong. The controls are discretionary in the sense that a subject with a certain access permission is capable of passing that permission (perhaps indirectly) on to any other subject." [DoD1] $ DISN (O) See: Defense Information Systems Network (DISN). $ disruption (I) A circumstance or event that interrupts or prevents the correct operation of system services and functions. (See: availability, critical, system integrity, threat consequence.) Shirey Informational [Page 98] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: Disruption is a type of threat consequence; it can be caused by the following types of threat actions: incapacitation, corruption, and obstruction. $ Distinguished Encoding Rules (DER) (N) A subset of the Basic Encoding Rules that always provides only one way to encode any data structure defined by ASN.1. [X690]. Tutorial: For a data structure defined abstractly in ASN.1, BER often provides for encoding the structure into an octet string in more than one way, so that two separate BER implementations can legitimately produce different octet strings for the same ASN.1 definition. However, some applications require all encodings of a structure to be the same, so that encodings can be compared for equality. Therefore, DER is used in applications in which unique encoding is needed, such as when a digital signature is computed on a structure defined by ASN.1. $ distinguished name (DN) (N) An identifier that uniquely represents an object in the X.500 Directory Information Tree (DIT) [X501]. (Compare: domain name, identity, naming authority.) Tutorial: A DN is a set of attribute values that identify the path leading from the base of the DIT to the object that is named. An X.509 public-key certificate or CRL contains a DN that identifies its issuer, and an X.509 attribute certificate contains a DN or other form of name that identifies its subject. $ distributed attack 1a. (I) An attack that is implemented with distributed computing. (See: zombie.) 1b. (I) An attack that deploys multiple threat agents. $ Distributed Authentication Security Service (DASS) (I) An experimental Internet protocol [R1507] that uses cryptographic mechanisms to provide strong, mutual authentication services in a distributed environment. $ distributed computing (I) A technique that disperses a single, logically related set of tasks among a group of geographically separate yet cooperating computers. (See: distributed attack.) $ distribution point (I) An X.500 Directory entry or other information source that is named in a v3 X.509 public-key certificate extension as a location from which to obtain a CRL that may list the certificate. Tutorial: A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "cRLDistributionPoints" extension that names places to get CRLs on Shirey Informational [Page 99] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 which the certificate might be listed. (See: certificate profile.) A CRL obtained from a distribution point may (a) cover either all reasons for which a certificate might be revoked or only some of the reasons, (b) be issued by either the authority that signed the certificate or some other authority, and (c) contain revocation entries for only a subset of the full set of certificates issued by one CA or (d) contain revocation entries for multiple CAs. $ DKIM (I) See: Domain Keys Identified Mail. $ DMZ (D) See: demilitarized zone. $ DN (N) See: distinguished name. $ DNS (I) See: Domain Name System. $ doctrine See: security doctrine. $ DoD (N) Department of Defense. Usage: To avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD use this abbreviation only with a national qualifier (e.g., U.S. DoD). $ DOI (I) See: Domain of Interpretation. $ domain 1a. (I) /general security/ An environment or context that (a) includes a set of system resources and a set of system entities that have the right to access the resources and (b) usually is defined by a security policy, security model, or security architecture. (See: CA domain, domain of interpretation, security perimeter. Compare: COI, enclave.) Tutorial: A "controlled interface" or "guard" is required to transfer information between network domains that operate under different security policies. 1b. (O) /security policy/ A set of users, their information objects, and a common security policy. [DGSA, SP33] 1c. (O) /security policy/ A system or collection of systems that (a) belongs to a community of interest that implements a consistent security policy and (b) is administered by a single authority. Shirey Informational [Page 100] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 2. (O) /COMPUSEC/ A operating state or mode of a set of computer hardware. Tutorial: Most computers have at least two hardware operating modes [Gass]: - "Privileged" mode: a.k.a. "executive", "master", "system", kernel", or "supervisor" mode. In this mode, software can execute all machine instructions and access all storage locations. - "Unprivileged" mode: a.k.a. "user", "application", or "problem" mode. In this mode, software is restricted to a subset of the instructions and a subset of the storage locations. 3. (O) "A distinct scope within which certain common characteristics are exhibited and common rules are observed." [CORBA] 4. (O) /MISSI/ The domain of a MISSI CA is the set of MISSI users whose certificates are signed by the CA. 5. (I) /Internet/ That part of the tree-structured name space of the DNS that is at or below the name that specifies the domain. A domain is a subdomain of another domain if it is contained within that domain. For example, D.C.B.A is a subdomain of C.B.A 6. (O) /OSI/ An administrative partition of a complex distributed OSI system. $ Domain Keys Identified Mail (DKIM) (I) A protocol, which is being specified by the IETF working group of the same name, to provide data integrity and domain-level (see: DNS, domain name) data origin authentication for Internet mail messages. (Compare: PEM.) Tutorial: DKIM employs asymmetric cryptography to create a digital signature for an Internet email message's body and selected headers (see RFC 1822), and the signature is then carried in a header of the message. A recipient of the message can verify the signature and, thereby, authenticate the identity of the originating domain and the integrity of the signed content, by using a public key belonging to the domain. The key can be obtained from the DNS. $ domain name (I) The style of identifier that is defined for subtrees in the Internet DNS -- i.e., a sequence of case-insensitive ASCII labels separated by dots (e.g., "bbn.com") -- and also is used in other types of Internet identifiers, such as host names (e.g., "rosslyn.bbn.com"), mailbox names (e.g., "rshirey@bbn.com.") and URLs (e.g., "http://www.rosslyn.bbn.com./foo"). (See: domain. Compare: DN.) Shirey Informational [Page 101] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: The name space of the DNS is a tree structure in which each node and leaf holds records describing a resource. Each node has a label. The domain name of a node is the list of labels on the path from the node to the root of the tree. The labels in a domain name are printed or read left to right, from the most specific (lowest, farthest from the root) to the least specific (highest, closest to the root), but the root's label is the null string. (See: country code.) $ Domain Name System (DNS) (I) The main Internet operations database, which is distributed over a collection of servers and used by client software for purposes such as (a) translating a domain name-style host name into an IP address (e.g., "rosslyn.bbn.com" translates to "192.1.7.10") and (b) locating a host that accepts mail for a given mailbox address. (RFC 1034) (See: domain name.) Tutorial: The DNS has three major components: - Domain name space and resource records: Specifications for the tree-structured domain name space, and data associated with the names. - Name servers: Programs that hold information about a subset of the tree's structure and data holdings, and also hold pointers to other name servers that can provide information from any part of the tree. - Resolvers: Programs that extract information from name servers in response to client requests; typically, system routines directly accessible to user programs. Extensions to the DNS [R4033, R4034, R4035] support (a) key distribution for public keys needed for the DNS and for other protocols, (b) data origin authentication service and data integrity service for resource records, (c) data origin authentication service for transactions between resolvers and servers, and (d) access control of records. $ domain of interpretation (DOI) (I) /IPsec/ An DOI for ISAKMP or IKE defines payload formats, exchange types, and conventions for naming security-relevant information such as security policies or cryptographic algorithms and modes. Example: See [R2407]. Derivation: The DOI concept is based on work by the TSIG's CIPSO Working Group. $ dominate (I) Security level A is said to "dominate" security level B if the (hierarchical) classification level of A is greater (higher) than or equal to that of B, and A's (nonhierarchical) categories include (as a subset) all of B's categories. (See: lattice, lattice model.) Shirey Informational [Page 102] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ dongle (I) A portable, physical, usually electronic device that is required to be attached to a computer to enable a particular software program to run. (See: token.) Tutorial: A dongle is essentially a physical key used for copy protection of software; that is, the program will not run unless the matching dongle is attached. When the software runs, it periodically queries the dongle and quits if the dongle does not reply with the proper authentication information. Dongles were originally constructed as an EPROM (erasable programmable read- only memory) to be connected to a serial input-output port of a personal computer. $ downgrade (I) /data security/ Reduce the security level of data (especially the classification level) without changing the information content of the data. (Compare: downgrade.) $ downgrade attack (I) A type of man-in-the-middle attack in which the attacker can cause two parties, that are negotiating a security association, to agree on a lower level of protection than the highest level that could have been supported by both of them. (Compare: downgrade.) $ draft RFC (D) A preliminary, temporary version of a document that is intended to become an RFC. Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. The RFC series is archival in nature and consists only of documents in permanent form. A document that is intended to become an RFC usually needs to be published first as an "Internet-Draft" (RFC 2026). (See: "Draft Standard" under "Internet Standard".) $ Draft Standard (I) See: secondary definition under "Internet Standard". $ DSA (N) See: Digital Signature Algorithm. $ DSS (N) See: Digital Signature Standard. $ dual control (I) A procedure that uses two or more entities (usually persons) operating in concert to protect a system resource, such that no single entity acting alone can access that resource. (See: no-lone zone, separation of duties, split knowledge.) $ dual signature (O) /SET/ A single digital signature that protects two separate Shirey Informational [Page 103] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 messages by including the hash results for both sets in a single encrypted value. [SET2] Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term except when qualified as "SET(trademark) dual signature" with this definition. Tutorial: Generated by hashing each message separately, concatenating the two hash results, and then hashing that value and encrypting the result with the signer's private key. Done to reduce the number of encryption operations and to enable verification of data integrity without complete disclosure of the data. $ dual-use certificate (O) A certificate that is intended for use with both digital signature and data encryption services. [SP32] Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it by identifying the intended uses of the certificate, because there are more than just these two uses mentioned in the NIST publication. A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "key Usage" extension, which indicates the purposes for which the public key may be used. (See: certificate profile.) $ duty (I) An attribute of a role that obligates an entity playing the role to perform one or more tasks, which usually are essential for the functioning of the system. [Sand] (Compare authorization, privilege. See: role, billet.) $ e-cash (O) Electronic cash; money that is in the form of data and can be used as a payment mechanism on the Internet. (See: IOTP.) Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because many different types of electronic cash have been devised with a variety of security mechanisms. $ EAP (I) See: Extensible Authentication Protocol. $ EAL (O) See: evaluation assurance level. $ Easter egg (O) "Hidden functionality within an application program, which becomes activated when an undocumented, and often convoluted, set of commands and keystrokes is entered. Easter eggs are typically used to display the credits for the development team and [are] intended to be non-threatening" [SP28], but Easter eggs have the potential to contain malicious code. Shirey Informational [Page 104] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Deprecated Usage: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ eavesdropping (I) Passive wiretapping done secretly, i.e., without the knowledge of the originator or the intended recipients of the communication. $ ECB (N) See: electronic codebook. $ ECDSA (N) See: Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm. $ economy of alternatives (I) The principle that a security mechanism should be designed to minimize the number of alternative ways of achieving a service. (Compare: economy of mechanism.) $ economy of mechanism (I) The principle that a security mechanism should be designed to be as simple as possible, so that (a) the mechanism can be correctly implemented and (b) it can be verified that the operation of the mechanism enforces the system's security policy. (Compare: economy of alternatives, least privilege.) $ ECU (N) See: end cryptographic unit. $ EDI (I) See: electronic data interchange. $ EDIFACT (N) See: secondary definition under "electronic data interchange". $ EE (D) Abbreviation of "end entity" and other terms. Deprecated Abbreviation: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this abbreviation; there could be confusion among "end entity", "end-to-end encryption", "escrowed encryption standard", and other terms. $ EES (O) See: Escrowed Encryption Standard. $ effective key length (O) "A measure of strength of a cryptographic algorithm, regardless of actual key length." [IATF] (See: work factor.) $ effectiveness (O) /ITSEC/ A property of a TOE representing how well it provides Shirey Informational [Page 105] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 security in the context of its actual or proposed operational use. $ El Gamal algorithm (N) An algorithm for asymmetric cryptography, invented in 1985 by Taher El Gamal, that is based on the difficulty of calculating discrete logarithms and can be used for both encryption and digital signatures. $ electronic codebook (ECB) (N) An block cipher mode in which a plaintext block is used directly as input to the encryption algorithm and the resultant output block is used directly as cipher text [FP081]. (See: block cipher, [SP38A].) $ electronic commerce 1. (I) Business conducted through paperless exchanges of information, using electronic data interchange, electronic funds transfer (EFT), electronic mail, computer bulletin boards, facsimile, and other paperless technologies. 2. (O) /SET/ "The exchange of goods and services for payment between the cardholder and merchant when some or all of the transaction is performed via electronic communication." [SET2] $ electronic data interchange (EDI) (I) Computer-to-computer exchange, between trading partners, of business data in standardized document formats. Tutorial: EDI formats have been standardized primarily by ANSI X12 and by EDIFACT (EDI for Administration, Commerce, and Transportation), which is an international, UN-sponsored standard primarily used in Europe and Asia. X12 and EDIFACT are aligning to create a single, global EDI standard. $ Electronic Key Management System (EKMS) (O) "Interoperable collection of systems developed by ... the U.S. Government to automate the planning, ordering, generating, distributing, storing, filling, using, and destroying of electronic keying material and the management of other types of COMSEC material." [C4009] $ electronic signature (D) Synonym for "digital signature" or "digitized signature". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; there is no current consensus on its definition. Instead, use "digital signature", if that is what was intended $ electronic wallet (D) A secure container to hold, in digitized form, some sensitive data objects that belong to the owner, such as electronic money, authentication material, and various types of personal Shirey Informational [Page 106] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 information. Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. There is no current consensus on its definition; and some uses and definitions may be proprietary. Meanings range from virtual wallets implemented by data structures to physical wallets implemented by cryptographic tokens. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ elliptic curve cryptography (ECC) (I) A type of asymmetric cryptography based on mathematics of groups that are defined by the points on a curve, where the curve is defined by a quadratic equation in a finite field. [Schn] Tutorial: ECC is based on mathematics different than that originally used to define the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm and the DSA, but ECC can be used to define an algorithm for key agreement that is an analog of Diffie-Hellman-Merkle [A9063] and an algorithm for digital signature that is an analog of DSA [A9062]. The mathematical problem upon which ECC is based is believed to be more difficult than the problem upon which Diffie- Hellman-Merkle is based and, therefore, that keys for ECC can be shorter for a comparable level of security. (See: ECDSA.) $ Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) (N) A standard [A9062] that is the analog, in elliptic curve cryptography, of the Digital Signature Algorithm. $ emanation (I) An signal (e.g., electromagnetic or acoustic) that is emitted by a system (e.g., through radiation or conductance) as a consequence (i.e., byproduct) of the system's operation, and that may contain information. (See: emanations security.) $ emanations analysis (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "interception". $ emanations security (EMSEC) (I) Physical security measures to protect against data compromise that could occur because of emanations that might be received and read by an unauthorized party. (See: emanation, TEMPEST.) Usage: Refers both to preventing or limiting emanations from a system and to preventing or limiting the ability of unauthorized parties to receive the emissions. $ embedded cryptography (N) "Cryptography engineered into an equipment or system whose basic function is not cryptographic." [C4009] $ emergency plan (D) Synonym for "contingency plan". Shirey Informational [Page 107] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. Instead, for neutrality and consistency of language, use "contingency plan". $ emergency response (O) An urgent response to a fire, flood, civil commotion, natural disaster, bomb threat, or other serious situation, with the intent of protecting lives, limiting damage to property, and minimizing disruption of system operations. [FP087] (See: availability, CERT, emergency plan.) $ EMSEC (I) See: emanations security. $ EMV (N) Abbreviation of "Europay, MasterCard, Visa". Refers to a specification for smart cards that are used as payment cards, and for related terminals and applications. [EMV1, EMV2, EMV3] $ Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) (I) An Internet protocol [R2406] designed to provide data confidentiality service and other security services for IP datagrams. (See: IPsec. Compare: AH.) Tutorial: ESP may be used alone, or in combination with AH, or in a nested fashion with tunneling. Security services can be provided between a pair of communicating hosts, between a pair of communicating security gateways, or between a host and a gateway. The ESP header is encapsulated by the IP header, and the ESP header encapsulates either the upper layer protocol header (transport mode) or an IP header (tunnel mode). ESP can provide data confidentiality service, data origin authentication service, connectionless data integrity service, an anti-replay service, and limited traffic-flow confidentiality. The set of services depends on the placement of the implementation and on options selected when the security association is established. $ encipher (D) Synonym for "encrypt". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encrypt". However, see Usage note under "encryption". $ encipherment (D) Synonym for "encryption". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encryption". However, see Usage note under "encryption". $ enclave 1. (I) A set of system resources that operate in the same security domain and that share the protection of a single, common, Shirey Informational [Page 108] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 continuous security perimeter. (Compare: domain.) 2. (D) /U.S. Government/ "Collection of computing environments connected by one or more internal networks under the control of a single authority and security policy, including personnel and physical security." [C4009] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 2 because the definition applies to what is usually called a "security domain". That is, a security domain is a set of one or more security enclaves. $ encode 1. (I) Use a system of symbols to represent information, which might originally have some other representation. Example: Morse code. (See: ASCII, BER.) (See: code, decode.) 2. (D) Synonym for "encrypt". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encrypt"; encoding is not always meant to conceal meaning. $ encrypt (I) Cryptographically transform data to produce cipher text. (See: encryption. Compare: seal.) $ encryption 1. (I) Cryptographic transformation of data (called "plain text") into a different form (called "cipher text") that conceals the data's original meaning and prevents the original form from being used. The corresponding reverse process is "decryption", a transformation that restores encrypted data to its original form. (See: cryptography.) 2. (O) "The cryptographic transformation of data to produce ciphertext." [I7498-2] Usage: For this concept, ISDs SHOULD use the verb "to encrypt" (and related variations: encryption, decrypt, and decryption). However, because of cultural biases involving human burial, some international documents (particularly ISO and CCITT standards) avoid "to encrypt" and instead use the verb "to encipher" (and related variations: encipherment, decipher, decipherment). Tutorial: Usually, the plaintext input to an encryption operation is clear text. But in some cases, the plain text may be cipher text that was output from another encryption operation. (See: superencryption.) Encryption and decryption involve a mathematical algorithm for transforming data. In addition to the data to be transformed, the algorithm has one or more inputs that are control parameters: (a) Shirey Informational [Page 109] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 a key that varies the transformation and, in some cases, (b) an IV that establishes the starting state of the algorithm. $ encryption certificate (I) A public-key certificate that contains a public key that is intended to be used for encrypting data, rather than for verifying digital signatures or performing other cryptographic functions. Tutorial: A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "keyUsage" extension that indicates the purpose for which the certified public key is intended. (See: certificate profile.) $ end cryptographic unit (ECU) 1. (N) Final destination device into which a key is loaded for operational use. 2. (N) A device that (a) performs cryptographic functions, (b) typically is part of a larger system for which the device provides security services, and (c), from the viewpoint of a supporting security infrastructure such as a key management system, is the lowest level of identifiable component with which a management transaction can be conducted $ end entity 1. (I) A system entity that is the subject of a public-key certificate and that is using, or is permitted and able to use, the matching private key only for purposes other than signing a digital certificate; i.e., an entity that is not a CA. 2. (O) "A certificate subject which uses its public [sic] key for purposes other than signing certificates." [X509] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use definition 2, which is misleading and incomplete. First, that definition should have said "private key" rather than "public key" because certificates are not usefully signed with a public key. Second, the X.509 definition is ambiguous regarding whether an end entity may or may not use the private key to sign a certificate, i.e., whether the subject may be a CA. The intent of X.509's authors was that an end entity certificate is not valid for use in verifying a signature on an X.509 certificate or X.509 CRL. Thus, it would have been better for the X.509 definition to have said "only for purposes other than signing certificates". Usage: Despite the problems in the X.509 definition, the term itself is useful in describing applications of asymmetric cryptography. The way the term is used in X.509 implies that it was meant to be defined, as we have done here, relative to roles that an entity (which is associated with an OSI end system) is playing or is permitted to play in applications of asymmetric cryptography other than the PKI that supports applications. Shirey Informational [Page 110] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: Whether a subject can play both CA and non-CA roles, with either the same or different certificates, is a matter of policy. (See: CPS.) A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "basicConstraints" extension containing a "cA" value that specifically "indicates whether or not the public key may be used to verify certificate signatures". (See: certificate profile.) $ end system (N) /OSIRM/ A computer that implements all seven layers of the OSIRM and may attach to a subnetwork. Usage: In the IPS context, an end system is called a "host". $ end-to-end encryption (I) Continuous protection of data that flows between two points in a network, effected by encrypting data when it leaves its source, keeping it encrypted while it passes through any intermediate computers (such as routers), and decrypting it only when it arrives at the intended final destination. (See: wiretapping. Compare: link encryption.) Examples: A few are BLACKER, CANEWARE, IPLI, IPsec, PLI, SDNS, SILS, SSH, SSL, TLS. Tutorial: When two points are separated by multiple communication links that are connected by one or more intermediate relays, end- to-end encryption enables the source and destination systems to protect their communications without depending on the intermediate systems to provide the protection. $ end user 1. (I) /information system/ A system entity, usually a human individual, that makes use of system resources, primarily for application purposes as opposed to system management purposes. 2. (D) /PKI/ Synonym for "end entity". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use "end user" as a synonym for "end entity", because that would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. $ endorsed-for-unclassified cryptographic item (EUCI) (O) /U.S. Government/ "Unclassified cryptographic equipment that embodies a U.S. Government classified cryptographic logic and is endorsed by NSA for the protection of national security information." [C4009] (Compare: CCI, type 2 product.) $ entity See: system entity. $ entrapment (I) "The deliberate planting of apparent flaws in a system for the purpose of detecting attempted penetrations or confusing an Shirey Informational [Page 111] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 intruder about which flaws to exploit." [FP039] (See: honey pot.) $ entropy 1. (I) An information-theoretic measure (usually stated as a number of bits) of the amount of uncertainty that an attacker faces to determine the value of a secret. [SP63] (See: strength.) Example: If a password is said to contain at least 20 bits of entropy, that means that it must be as hard to find the password as to guess a 20-bit random number. 2. (I) An information-theoretic measure (usually stated as a number of bits) of the amount of information in a message; i.e., the minimum number of bits needed to encode all possible meanings of that message. [Schn] (See: uncertainty.) $ ephemeral (I) /adjective/ Refers to a cryptographic key or other cryptographic parameter or data object that is short-lived, temporary, or used one time. (See: session key. Compare: static.) $ erase 1. (I) Delete stored data. (See: sanitize, zeroize.) 2. (O) /U.S. Government/ Delete magnetically stored data in such a way that the data cannot be recovered by ordinary means, but might be recoverable by laboratory methods. [C4009] (Compare: /U.S. Government/ purge.) $ error detection code (I) A checksum designed to detect, but not correct, accidental (i.e., unintentional) changes in data. $ Escrowed Encryption Standard (EES) (N) A U.S. Government standard [FP185] that specifies how to use a symmetric encryption algorithm (SKIPJACK) and create a Law Enforcement Access Field (LEAF) for implementing part of a key escrow system that enables decryption of telecommunications when interception is lawfully authorized. Tutorial: Both SKIPJACK and the LEAF are intended for use in equipment used to encrypt and decrypt sensitive, unclassified, telecommunications data. $ ESP (I) See: Encapsulating Security Payload. $ Estelle (N) A language (ISO 9074-1989) for formal specification of computer network protocols. Shirey Informational [Page 112] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ ETSI (N) See: European Telecommunication Standards Institute. $ EUCI (O) See: endorsed-for-unclassified cryptographic item. $ European Telecommunication Standards Institute (ETSI) (N) An independent, non-profit organization, based in France, that is officially recognized by the European Commission and responsible for standardization of information and communication technologies within Europe. Tutorial: ETSI maintains the standards for a number of security algorithms, including encryption algorithms for mobile telephone systems in Europe. $ evaluated products list, Evaluated Products List 1. (I) /not capitalized/ A list of information system equipment items that have been evaluated against, and found to be compliant with, a particular set of criteria. 2. (N) /capitalized, U.S. Government/ The Evaluated Products List (http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/epl/) contains items that have been evaluated against the TCSEC by the NCSC, or against the Common Criteria by the NIAP or one of its partner agencies in another county. This List forms Chapter 4 of NSA's "Information Systems Security Products and Services Catalogue". [C4009] $ evaluated system (I) A system that has been evaluated against security criteria (for example, against the TCSEC or against a profile based on the Common Criteria). $ evaluation (I) Assessment of an information system against defined security criteria (for example, against the TCSEC or against a profile based on the Common Criteria). (Compare: certification.) $ evaluation assurance level (EAL) (N) A predefined package of assurance components that represents a point on the Common Criteria's scale for rating confidence in the security of information technology products and systems. Tutorial: The Common Criteria defines a scale of seven, hierarchically ordered EALs for rating a TOE. From highest to lowest, they are as follows: - EAL7. Formally verified design and tested. - EAL6. Semiformally verified design and tested. - EAL5. Semiformally designed and tested. - EAL4. Methodically designed, tested, and reviewed. - EAL3. Methodically tested and checked. - EAL2. Structurally tested. Shirey Informational [Page 113] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 - EAL1. Functionally tested. An EAL is a consistent, baseline set of requirements. The increase in assurance from EAL to EAL is accomplished by substituting higher assurance components (i.e. criteria of increasing rigor, scope, or depth) from seven assurance classes: (a) configuration management, (b) delivery and operation, (c) development, (d) guidance documents, (e) life cycle support, (f) tests, and (g) vulnerability assessment. The EALs were developed with the goal of preserving concepts of assurance that were adopted from earlier criteria, so that results of previous evaluations would remain relevant. For example, EALs levels 2-7 are generally equivalent to the assurance portions of the TCSEC C2-A1 scale. However, this equivalency should be used with caution. The levels do not derive assurance in the same manner, and exact mappings do not exist. $ expire (I) /credential/ Cease to be valid (i.e., change from being valid to being invalid) because its assigned lifetime has been exceeded. (See: certificate expiration.) $ exposure (I) A type of threat action whereby sensitive data is directly released to an unauthorized entity. (See: unauthorized disclosure.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Deliberate Exposure": Intentional release of sensitive data to an unauthorized entity. - "Scavenging": Searching through data residue in a system to gain unauthorized knowledge of sensitive data. - "Human error": /exposure/ Human action or inaction that unintentionally results in an entity gaining unauthorized knowledge of sensitive data. (Compare: corruption, incapacitation.) - "Hardware or software error": /exposure/ System failure that unintentionally results in an entity gaining unauthorized knowledge of sensitive data. (Compare: corruption, incapacitation.) $ Extended Security Option (I) See: secondary definition under "IPSO". $ Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) (I) A extension framework for PPP that supports multiple, optional authentication mechanisms, including cleartext passwords, challenge-response, and arbitrary dialog sequences. [R3748] (Compare: GSS-API, SASL.) Tutorial: EAP typically runs directly over IPS data link protocols Shirey Informational [Page 114] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 or OSIRM Layer 2 protocols, i.e., without requiring IP. Originally, EAP was developed for use in PPP, by a host or router that connects to a network server via switched circuits or dial-up lines. Today, EAP's domain of applicability includes other areas of network access control; it is used in wired and wireless LANs with IEEE 802.1X, and in IPsec with IKEv2. EAP is conceptually related to other authentication mechanism frameworks, such as SASL and GSS-API. $ Extensible Markup Language (XML) (N) A version of Standard Generalized Markup Language (ISO 8879), which separately represents both a document's content and its structure. XML was designed by W3C for use on the World Wide Web. $ extension (I) /protocol/ A data item or a mechanism that is defined in a protocol to extend the protocol's basic or original functionality. Tutorial: Many protocols have extension mechanisms, and the use of these extension is usually optional. IP and X.509 are two examples of protocols that have optional extensions. In IP version 4, extensions are called "options", and some of the options have security purposes (see: IPSO). In X.509, certificate and CRL formats can be extended to provide methods for associating additional attributes with subjects and public keys and for managing a certification hierarchy: - A "certificate extension": X.509 defines standard extensions that may be included in v3 certificates to provide additional key and security policy information, subject and issuer attributes, and certification path constraints. - A "CRL extension": X.509 defines extensions that may be included in v2 CRLs to provide additional issuer key and name information, revocation reasons and constraints, and information about distribution points and delta CRLs. - A "private extension": Additional extensions, each named by an OID, can be locally defined as needed by applications or communities. (See: Authority Information Access extension, SET private extensions.) $ external controls (I) /COMPUSEC/ Refers to administrative security, personnel security, and physical security. (Compare: internal controls.) $ extranet (I) A computer network that an organization uses for application data traffic between the organization and its business partners. (Compare: intranet.) Tutorial: An extranet can be implemented securely, either on the Internet or using Internet technology, by constructing the extranet as a VPN. Shirey Informational [Page 115] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ extraction resistance (O) Ability of cryptographic equipment to resist efforts to extract keying material directly from the equipment (as opposed to gaining knowledge of keying material by cryptanalysis). [C4009] $ extrusion detection (I) Monitoring for unauthorized transfers of sensitive information and other communications that originate inside a system's security perimeter and are directed toward the outside; i.e., roughly the opposite of "intrusion detection". $ fail-safe 1. (I) Synonym for "fail-secure". 2. (I) A mode of termination of system functions that prevents damage to specified system resources and system entities (i.e., specified data, property, and life) when a failure occurs or is detected in the system (but the failure still might cause a security compromise). (See: failure control.) Tutorial: Definitions 1 and 2 are opposite design alternatives. Therefore, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without providing a definition for it. If definition 1 is intended, ISDs can avoid ambiguity by using "fail-secure" instead. $ fail-secure (I) A mode of termination of system functions that prevents loss of secure state when a failure occurs or is detected in the system (but the failure still might cause damage to some system resource or system entity). (See: failure control. Compare: fail-safe.) $ fail-soft (I) Selective termination of affected, non-essential system functions when a failure occurs or is detected in the system. (See: failure control.) $ failure control (I) A methodology used to provide fail-safe, fail-secure or fail- soft termination and recovery of system functions. [FP039] $ fairness (I) A property of an access protocol for a system resource whereby the resource is made equitably or impartially available to all eligible users. (RFC 3753) Tutorial: Fairness can be used to defend against some types of denial-of-service attacks on a system connected to a network. However, this technique assumes that the system can properly receive and process inputs from the network. Therefore, the technique can mitigate flooding but is ineffective against jamming. Shirey Informational [Page 116] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ falsification (I) A type of threat action whereby false data deceives an authorized entity. (See: active wiretapping, deception.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Substitution": Altering or replacing valid data with false data that serves to deceive an authorized entity. - "Insertion": Introducing false data that serves to deceive an authorized entity. $ fault tree (I) A branching, hierarchical data structure that is used to represent events and to determine the various combinations of component failures and human acts that could result in a specified undesirable system event. (See: attack tree, flaw hypothesis methodology.) Tutorial: "Fault-tree analysis" is a technique in which an undesired state of a system is specified and the system is studied in the context of its environment and operation to find all credible ways in which the event could occur. The specified fault event is represented as the root of the tree. The remainder of the tree represents AND or OR combinations of subevents, and sequential combinations of subevents, that could cause the root event to occur. The main purpose of a fault-tree analysis is to calculate the probability of the root event, using statistics or other analytical methods and incorporating actual or predicted quantitative reliability and maintainability data. When the root event is a security violation, and some of the subevents are deliberate acts intended to achieve the root event, then the fault tree is an attack tree. $ FEAL (O) A family of symmetric block ciphers that was developed in Japan; uses a 64-bit block, keys of either 64 or 128 bits, and a variable number of rounds; and has been successfully attacked by cryptanalysts. [Schn] $ Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) (N) The Federal Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS PUB) series issued by NIST under the provisions of section 111(d) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 as amended by the Computer Security Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-235) as technical guidelines for U.S. Government procurements of information processing system equipment and services. (See: "[FPxxx]" items in Section 5, Informative References.) $ Federal Public-key Infrastructure (FPKI) (O) A PKI being planned to establish facilities, specifications, and policies needed by the U.S. Government to use public-key certificates in systems involving unclassified but sensitive Shirey Informational [Page 117] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 applications and interactions between Federal agencies as well as with entities of other branches of the Federal Government, state, and local governments, business, and the public. [FPKI] $ Federal Standard 1027 (N) An U.S. Government document defining emanation, anti-tamper, security fault analysis, and manual key management criteria for DES encryption devices, primary for OSIRM Layer 2. Was renamed "FIPS PUB 140" when responsibility for protecting unclassified, sensitive information was transferred from NSA to NIST, and has since been superseded by newer versions of that standard [FP140]. $ File Transfer Protocol (FTP) (I) A TCP-based, Application-Layer, Internet Standard protocol (RFC 959) for moving data files from one computer to another. $ fill device (N) /COMSEC/ A device used to transfer or store keying material in electronic form or to insert keying material into cryptographic equipment. $ filter 1. (I) /noun/ Synonym for "guard". (Compare: content filter, filtering router.) 2. (I) /verb/ To process a flow of data and selectively block passage or permit passage of individual data items in accordance with a security policy. $ filtering router (I) An internetwork router that selectively prevents the passage of data packets according to a security policy. (See: guard.) Tutorial: A router usually has two or more physical connections to networks or other systems; and when the router receives a packet on one of those connections, it forwards the packet on a second connection. A filtering router does the same; but it first decides, according to some security policy, whether the packet should be forwarded at all. The policy is implemented by rules (packet filters) loaded into the router. The rules mostly involve values of data packet control fields (especially IP source and destination addresses and TCP port numbers) [R2179]. A filtering router may be used alone as a simple firewall or be used as a component of a more complex firewall. $ financial institution (N) "An establishment responsible for facilitating customer- initiated transactions or transmission of funds for the extension of credit or the custody, loan, exchange, or issuance of money." [SET2] Shirey Informational [Page 118] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ fingerprint 1. (I) A pattern of curves formed by the ridges on a fingertip. (See: biometric authentication. Compare: thumbprint.) 2. (D) /PGP/ A hash result ("key fingerprint") used to authenticate a public key or other data. [PGP] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 2, and SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "hash result" of *any* kind. Either use would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. $ FIPS (N) See: Federal Information Processing Standards. $ FIPS PUB 140 (N) The U.S. Government standard [FP140] for security requirements to be met by a cryptographic module when the module is used to protect unclassified information in computer and communication systems. (See: Common Criteria, FIPS, Federal Standard 1027.) Tutorial: The standard specifies four increasing levels (from "Level 1" to "Level 4") of requirements to cover a wide range of potential applications and environments. The requirements address basic design and documentation, module interfaces, authorized roles and services, physical security, software security, operating system security, key management, cryptographic algorithms, electromagnetic interference and electromagnetic compatibility (EMI/EMC), and self-testing. NIST and the Canadian Communication Security Establishment jointly certify modules. $ FIREFLY (O) /U.S. Government/ "Key management protocol based on public-key cryptography." [C4009] $ firewall 1. (I) An internetwork gateway that restricts data communication traffic to and from one of the connected networks (the one said to be "inside" the firewall) and thus protects that network's system resources against threats from the other network (the one that is said to be "outside" the firewall). (See: guard, security gateway.) 2. (O) A device or system that controls the flow of traffic between networks using differing security postures. [SP41] Tutorial: A firewall typically protects a smaller, secure network (such as a corporate LAN, or even just one host) from a larger network (such as the Internet). The firewall is installed at the point where the networks connect, and the firewall applies policy rules to control traffic that flows in and out of the protected network. Shirey Informational [Page 119] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 A firewall is not always a single computer. For example, a firewall may consist of a pair of filtering routers and one or more proxy servers running on one or more bastion hosts, all connected to a small, dedicated LAN (see: buffer zone) between the two routers. The external router blocks attacks that use IP to break security (IP address spoofing, source routing, packet fragments), while proxy servers block attacks that would exploit a vulnerability in a higher layer protocol or service. The internal router blocks traffic from leaving the protected network except through the proxy servers. The difficult part is defining criteria by which packets are denied passage through the firewall, because a firewall not only needs to keep unauthorized traffic (i.e., intruders) out, but usually also needs to let authorized traffic pass both in and out. $ firmware (I) Computer programs and data stored in hardware -- typically in read-only memory (ROM) or programmable read-only memory (PROM) -- such that the programs and data cannot be dynamically written or modified during execution of the programs. (See: hardware, software.) $ FIRST (N) See: Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams. $ flaw 1. (I) An error in the design, implementation, or operation of an information system. A flaw may result in a vulnerability. (Compare: vulnerability.) 2. (D) "An error of commission, omission, or oversight in a system that allows protection mechanisms to be bypassed." [NCSSG] (Compare: vulnerability. See: brain-damaged.) Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 2; not every flaw is a vulnerability. $ flaw hypothesis methodology (I) An evaluation or attack technique in which specifications and documentation for a system are analyzed to hypothesize flaws in the system. The list of hypothetical flaws is prioritized on the basis of the estimated probability that a flaw exists and, assuming it does, on the ease of exploiting it and the extent of control or compromise it would provide. The prioritized list is used to direct a penetration test or attack against the system. [NCS04] (See: fault tree, flaw.) $ flooding 1. (I) An attack that attempts to cause a failure in a system by providing more input than the system can process properly. (See: denial of service, fairness. Compare: jamming.) Shirey Informational [Page 120] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: Flooding uses "overload" as a type of "obstruction" intended to cause "disruption". 2. (I) The process of delivering data or control messages to every node of a network. (RFC 3753) $ flow analysis (I) An analysis performed on a nonprocedural, formal, system specification that locates potential flows of information between system variables. By assigning security levels to the variables, the analysis can find some types of covert channels. [Huff] $ flow control 1. (I) /data security/ A procedure or technique to ensure that information transfers within a system are not made from one security level to another security level, and especially not from a higher level to a lower level. [Denns] (See: covert channel, confinement property, information flow policy, simple security property.) 2. (O) /data security/ "A concept requiring that information transfers within a system be controlled so that information in certain types of objects cannot, via any channel within the system, flow to certain other types of objects." [NCSSG] $ For Official Use Only (FOUO) (O) /U.S. DoD/ A U.S. Government designation for information that has not been given a security classification pursuant to the criteria of an Executive Order dealing with national security, but which may be withheld from the public because disclosure would cause a foreseeable harm to an interest protected by one of the exemptions stated in the Freedom of Information Act (Section 552 of title 5, United States Code). (See: security label, security marking. Compare: classified.) $ formal (I) Expressed in a restricted syntax language with defined semantics based on well-established mathematical concepts. [CCIB] (Compare: informal, semiformal.) $ formal access approval (O) /U.S. Government/ Documented approval by a data owner to allow access to a particular category of information in a system. (See: category.) $ Formal Development Methodology (O) See: Ina Jo. $ formal model (I) A security model that is formal. Example: Bell-LaPadula model. [Land] (See: formal, security model.) Shirey Informational [Page 121] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ formal proof (I) "A complete and convincing mathematical argument, presenting the full logical justification for each step in the proof, for the truth of a theorem or set of theorems." [NCSSG] $ formal specification (I) A precise description of the (intended) behavior of a system, usually written in a mathematical language, sometimes for the purpose of supporting formal verification through a correctness proof. [Huff] (See: Affirm, Gypsy, HDM, Ina Jo.) (See: formal.) Tutorial: A formal specification can be written at any level of detail but is usually a top-level specification. $ formal top-level specification (I) "A top-level specification that is written in a formal mathematical language to allow theorems showing the correspondence of the system specification to its formal requirements to be hypothesized and formally proven." [NCS04] (See: formal specification.) $ formulary (I) A technique for enabling a decision to grant or deny access to be made dynamically at the time the access is attempted, rather than earlier when an access control list or ticket is created. $ FORTEZZA(trademark) (O) A registered trademark of NSA, used for a family of interoperable security products that implement a NIST/NSA-approved suite of cryptographic algorithms for digital signature, hash, encryption, and key exchange. The products include a PC card (that contains a CAPSTONE chip), and compatible serial port modems, server boards, and software implementations. $ Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams (FIRST) (N) An international consortium of CSIRTs (e.g., CIAC) that work together to handle computer security incidents and promote preventive activities. (See: CSIRT, security incident.) Tutorial: FIRST was founded in 1990 and, as of July 2004, had more than 100 members spanning the globe. Its mission includes: - Provide members with technical information, tools, methods, assistance, and guidance. - Coordinate proactive liaison activities and analytical support. - Encourage development of quality products and services. - Improve national and international information security for government, private industry, academia, and the individual. - Enhance the image and status of the CSIRT community. $ forward secrecy (I) See: perfect forward secrecy. Shirey Informational [Page 122] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ FOUO (O) See: For Official Use Only. $ FPKI (O) See: Federal Public-Key Infrastructure. $ fraggle attack (D) /slang/ A synonym for "smurf attack". Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. Derivation: The Fraggles are a fictional race of small humanoids (represented as hand puppets in a children's television series, "Fraggle Rock") that live underground. $ frequency hopping (N) "Repeated switching of frequencies during radio transmission according to a specified algorithm." [C4009] (See: spread spectrum.) Tutorial: Frequency hopping is a TRANSEC technique to minimize the potential for unauthorized interception or jamming. $ fresh (I) Recently generated; not replayed from some earlier interaction of the protocol. Usage: Describes data contained in a PDU that is received and processed for the first time. (See: liveness, nonce, replay attack.) $ FTP (I) See: File Transfer Protocol. $ gateway (I) An intermediate system (interface, relay) that attaches to two (or more) computer networks that have similar functions but dissimilar implementations and that enables either one-way or two- way communication between the networks. (See: bridge, firewall, guard, internetwork, proxy server, router, and subnetwork.) Tutorial: The networks may differ in any of several aspects, including protocols and security mechanisms. When two computer networks differ in the protocol by which they offer service to hosts, a gateway may translate one protocol into the other or otherwise facilitate interoperation of hosts (see: Internet Protocol). In theory, gateways between computer networks are conceivable at any OSIRM layer. In practice, they usually operate at OSIRM Layer 2 (see: bridge), 3 (see: router), or 7 (see: proxy Shirey Informational [Page 123] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 server). $ GCA (O) See: geopolitical certificate authority. $ GDOI (O) See: Group Domain of Interpretation. $ GeldKarte (O) A smartcard-based, electronic money system that is maintained by the German banking industry, incorporates cryptography, and can be used to make payments via the Internet. (See: IOTP.) $ GeneralizedTime (N) The ASN.1 data type "GeneralizedTime" (ISO 8601) contains a calendar date (YYYYMMDD) and a time of day, which is either (a) the local time, (b) the Coordinated Universal Time, or (c) both the local time and an offset that enables Coordinated Universal Time to be calculated. (See: Coordinated Universal Time. Compare: UTCTime.) $ Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (GSS-API) (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R2078] that specifies calling conventions by which an application (typically another communication protocol) can obtain authentication, integrity, and confidentiality security services independently of the underlying security mechanisms and technologies, thus enabling the application source code to be ported to different environments. (Compare: EAP, SASL.) Tutorial: "A GSS-API caller accepts tokens provided to it by its local GSS-API implementation and transfers the tokens to a peer on a remote system; that peer passes the received tokens to its local GSS-API implementation for processing. The security services available through GSS-API in this fashion are implementable (and have been implemented) over a range of underlying mechanisms based on [symmetric] and [asymmetric cryptography]." [R2078] $ geopolitical certificate authority (GCA) (O) /SET/ In a SET certification hierarchy, an optional level that is certified by a BCA and that may certify cardholder CAs, merchant CAs, and payment gateway CAs. Using GCAs enables a brand to distribute responsibility for managing certificates to geographic or political regions, so that brand policies can vary between regions as needed. $ GIG (O) See: Global Information Grid. $ Global Information Grid (GIG) (O) /U.S. DoD/ The GIG is "a globally interconnected, end-to-end set of information capabilities, associated processes and Shirey Informational [Page 124] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 personnel for collecting, processing, storing, disseminating, and managing information on demand to warfighters, policy makers, and support personnel." [IATF] Usage: Formerly referred to as the DII. $ good engineering practice(s) (N) A term used to specify or characterize design, implementation, installation, or operating practices for an information system, when a more explicit specification is not possible. Generally understood to refer to the state of the engineering art for commercial systems that have problems and solutions equivalent to the system in question. $ granularity 1. (N) "Relative fineness to which an access control mechanism can be adjusted." [C4009] 2. (O) "The size of the smallest protectable unit of information" in a trusted system. [Huff] $ Green Book (D) /slang/ Synonym for "Defense Password Management Guideline" [CSC2]. Deprecated Term: Except as an explanatory appositive, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term, regardless of the associated definition. Instead, use the full proper name of the document or, in subsequent references, a conventional abbreviation. (See: Rainbow Series.) Deprecated Usage: To improve international comprehensibility of Internet Standards and the Internet Standards Process, ISDs SHOULD NOT use "cute" synonyms. No matter how clearly understood or popular a nickname may be in one community, it is likely to cause confusion or offense in others. For example, several other information system standards also are called "the Green Book"; the following are some examples: - Each volume of 1992 ITU-T (known at that time as CCITT) standards. - "PostScript Language Program Design", Adobe Systems, Addison- Wesley, 1988. - IEEE 1003.1 POSIX Operating Systems Interface. - "Smalltalk-80: Bits of History, Words of Advice", Glenn Krasner, Addison-Wesley, 1983. - "X/Open Compatibility Guide". - A particular CD-ROM format developed by Phillips. $ Group Domain of Interpretation (GDOI) (I) An ISAKMP/IKE domain of interpretation for group key management; i.e., a phase 2 protocol in ISAKMP. [R3547] (See: secure multicast.) Tutorial: In this group key management model that extends the Shirey Informational [Page 125] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 ISAKMP standard, the protocol is run between a group member and a "group controller/key server", which establishes security associations [R2401] among authorized group members. The GDOI protocol is itself protected by an ISAKMP phase 1 association. For example, multicast applications may use ESP to protect their data traffic. GDOI carries the needed security association parameters for ESP. In this way, GDOI supports multicast ESP with group authentication of ESP packets using a shared, group key. $ group identity (I) See: secondary definition under "identity". $ group security association (I) "A bundling of [security associations] (SAs) that together define how a group communicates securely. The [group SA] may include a registration protocol SA, a rekey protocol SA, and one or more data security protocol SAs." [R3740] $ GSS-API (I) See: Generic Security Service Application Program Interface. $ guard (I) A computer system that (a) acts as gateway between two information systems operating under different security policies and (b) is trusted to mediate information data transfers between the two. (See: controlled interface, cross-domain solution, domain, filter. Compare: firewall.) Usage: Frequently understood to mean that one system is operating at a higher security level than the other, and that the gateway's purpose is to prevent unauthorized disclosure of data from the higher system to the lower. However, the purpose might also be to protect the data integrity, availability, or general system integrity of one system from threats posed by connecting to the other system. The mediation may be entirely automated or may involve reliable human review. $ guest login (I) See: anonymous login. $ GULS (I) Generic Upper Layer Security service element (ISO 11586), a five-part standard for the exchange of security information and security-transformation functions that protect confidentiality and integrity of application data. $ Gypsy verification environment (O) A methodology, language, and integrated set of software tools developed at the University of Texas for specifying, coding, and verifying software to produce correct and reliable programs. [Cheh] Shirey Informational [Page 126] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ H field (D) See: "Deprecated Usage" under "Handling Restrictions field". $ hack 1a. (I) /verb/ To work on something, especially to program a computer. (See: hacker.) 1b. (I) /verb/ To do some kind of mischief, especially to play a prank on, or penetrate, a system. (See: hacker, cracker.) 2. (I) /noun/ An item of completed work, or a solution for a problem, that is non-generalizable, i.e., is very specific to the application area or problem being solved. Tutorial: Often, the application area or problem involves computer programming or other use of a computer. Characterizing something as a hack can be a compliment, such as when the solution is minimal and elegant; or it can be derogatory, such as when the solution fixes the problem but leaves the system in an unmaintainable state. See [Raym] for several other meanings of this term and also definitions of several derivative terms. $ hacker 1. (I) Someone with a strong interest in computers, who enjoys learning about them, programming them, and experimenting and otherwise working with them. (See: hack. Compare: adversary, cracker, intruder.) Usage: This first definition is the original meaning of the term (circa 1960); it then had a neutral or positive connotation of "someone who figures things out and makes something cool happen". 2. (O) "An individual who spends an inordinate amount of time working on computer systems for other than professional purposes." [NCSSG] 3. (D) Synonym for "cracker". Deprecated Usage: Today, the term is frequently (mis)used (especially by journalists) with definition 3. $ handle 1. (I) /verb/ Perform processing operations on data, such as receive and transmit, collect and disseminate, create and delete, store and retrieve, read and write, and compare. (See: access.) 2. (I) /noun/ An on-line pseudonym, particularly one used by a cracker; derived from citizens band radio culture. Shirey Informational [Page 127] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ handling restriction (I) A type of access control other than (a) the rule-based protections of mandatory access control and (b) the identity-based protections of discretionary access control; usually involves administrative security. $ Handling Restrictions field (I) A 16-bit field that specifies a control and release marking in the security option (option type 130) of IP's datagram header format. The valid field values are alphanumeric digraphs assigned by the U.S. Government, as specified in RFC 791. Deprecated Abbreviation: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the abbreviation "H field" because it is potentially ambiguous. Instead, use "Handling Restrictions field". $ handshake (I) Protocol dialogue between two systems for identifying and authenticating themselves to each other, or for synchronizing their operations with each other. $ Handshake Protocol (I) /TLS/ The TLS Handshake Protocol consists of three parts (i.e., subprotocols) that enable peer entities to agree upon security parameters for the record layer, authenticate themselves to each other, instantiate negotiated security parameters, and report error conditions to each other. [R2246] $ harden (I) To protect a system by configuring it to operate in a way that eliminates or mitigates known vulnerabilities. Example: [RSCG]. (See: default account.) $ hardware (I) The material physical components of an information system. (See: firmware, software.) $ hardware error (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definitions under "corruption", "exposure", and "incapacitation". $ hardware token See: token. $ hash code (D) Synonym for "hash result" or "hash function". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. A hash result is not a "code", and a hash function does not "encode" in any sense defined by this glossary. (See: hash value, message digest.) Shirey Informational [Page 128] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ hash function 1. (I) A function H that maps an arbitrary, variable-length bit string, s, into a fixed-length string, h = H(s) (called the "hash result"). For most computing applications, it is desirable that given a string s with H(s) = h, any change to s that creates a different string s' will result in an unpredictable hash result H(s') that is, with high probability, not equal to H(s). 2. (O) "A (mathematical) function which maps values from a large (possibly very large) domain into a smaller range. A 'good' hash function is such that the results of applying the function to a (large) set of values in the domain will be evenly distributed (and apparently at random) over the range." [X509] Tutorial: A hash function operates on variable-length input (e.g., a message or a file) and outputs a fixed-length output, which typically is much shorter than most input values. If the algorithm is "good" as described in the "O" definition, then the hash function may be a candidate for use in a security mechanism to detect accidental changes in data, but not necessarily for a mechanism to detect changes made by active wiretapping (See: Tutorial under "checksum".) Security mechanisms require a "cryptographic hash function" (e.g., MD2, MD4, MD5, SHA-1, Snefru), i.e., a good hash function that also has the one-way property and one of the two collision-free properties: - "One-way property": Given H and a hash result h = H(s), it is hard (i.e., computationally infeasible, "impossible") to find s. (Of course, given H and an input s, it must be relatively easy to compute the hash result H(s).) - "Weakly collision-free property": Given H and an input s, it is hard (i.e., computationally infeasible, "impossible") to find a different input, s', such that H(s) = H(s'). - "Strongly collision-free property": Given H, it is hard to find any pair of inputs s and s' such that H(s) = H(s'). If H produces a hash result N bits long, then to find an s' where H(s') = H(s) for a specific given s, the amount of computation required is O(2**n); i.e., it is necessary to try on the order of 2 to the power n values of s' before finding a collision. However, to simply find any pair of values s and s' that collide, the amount of computation required is only O(2**(n/2)); i.e., after computing H(s) for 2 to the power n/2 randomly chosen values of s, the probability is greater than 1/2 that two of those values have the same hash result. (See: birthday attack.) $ hash result 1. (I) The output of a hash function. (See: hash code, hash value. Compare: hash value.) 2. (O) "The output produced by a hash function upon processing a Shirey Informational [Page 129] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 message" (where "message" is broadly defined as "a digital representation of data"). [DSG] Usage: ISDs SHOULD avoid the unusual usage of "message" that is seen in the "O" definition. $ hash value (D) Synonym for "hash result". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term for the output of a hash function; the term could easily be confused with "hashed value", which means the input to a hash function. (See: hash code, hash result, message digest.) $ HDM (O) See: Hierarchical Development Methodology. $ Hierarchical Development Methodology (HDM) (O) A methodology, language, and integrated set of software tools developed at SRI International for specifying, coding, and verifying software to produce correct and reliable programs. [Cheh] $ hierarchical PKI (I) A PKI architecture based on a certification hierarchy. (Compare: mesh PKI, trust-file PKI.) $ hierarchy management (I) The process of generating configuration data and issuing public-key certificates to build and operate a certification hierarchy. (See: certificate management.) $ hierarchy of trust (D) Synonym for "certification hierarchy". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. (See: certification hierarchy, trust, web of trust.) $ high-assurance guard (O) "An oxymoron," said Lt. Gen. William H. Campbell, former U.S. Army chief information officer, speaking at an Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association conference. Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because the term mixes concepts and could easily be misunderstood. $ hijack attack (I) A form of active wiretapping in which the attacker seizes control of a previously established communication association. (See: man-in-the-middle attack, pagejacking, piggyback attack.) Shirey Informational [Page 130] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ HIPAA (N) Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, a U.S. law (Public Law 104-191) that is intended to protect the privacy of patients' medical records and other health information in all forms, and mandates security for that information, including for its electronic storage and transmission. $ HMAC (I) A keyed hash [R2104] that can be based on any iterated cryptographic hash (e.g., MD5 or SHA-1), so that the cryptographic strength of HMAC depends on the properties of the selected cryptographic hash. (See: [R2202, R2403, R2404].) Derivation: Hash-based MAC. (Compare: CMAC.) Tutorial: Assume that H is a generic cryptographic hash in which a function is iterated on data blocks of length B bytes. L is the length of the of hash result of H. K is a secret key of length L <= K <= B. The values IPAD and OPAD are fixed strings used as inner and outer padding and defined as follows: IPAD = the byte 0x36 repeated B times, and OPAD = the byte 0x5C repeated B times. HMAC is computed by H(K XOR OPAD, H(K XOR IPAD, inputdata)). HMAC has the following goals: - To use available cryptographic hash functions without modification, particularly functions that perform well in software and for which software is freely and widely available. - To preserve the original performance of the selected hash without significant degradation. - To use and handle keys in a simple way. - To have a well-understood cryptographic analysis of the strength of the mechanism based on reasonable assumptions about the underlying hash function. - To enable easy replacement of the hash function in case a faster or stronger hash is found or required. $ honey pot (N) A system (e.g., a web server) or system resource (e.g., a file on a server) that is designed to be attractive to potential crackers and intruders, like honey is attractive to bears. (See: entrapment.) Usage: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, an ISD SHOULD NOT use this term without providing a definition for it. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book.") $ host 1. (I) /general/ A computer that is attached to a communication subnetwork or internetwork and can use services provided by the network to exchange data with other attached systems. (See: end Shirey Informational [Page 131] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 system. Compare: server.) 2. (I) /IPS/ A networked computer that does not forward IP packets that are not addressed to the computer itself. (Compare: router.) Derivation: As viewed by its users, a host "entertains" them, providing Application-Layer services or access to other computers attached to the network. However, even though some traditional peripheral service devices, such as printers, can now be independently connected to networks, they are not usually called hosts. $ HTML (I) See: Hypertext Markup Language. $ HTTP (I) See: Hypertext Transfer Protocol. $ https (I) When used in the first part of a URL (the part that precedes the colon and specifies an access scheme or protocol), this term specifies the use of HTTP enhanced by a security mechanism, which is usually SSL. (Compare: S-HTTP.) $ human error (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definitions under "corruption", "exposure", and "incapacitation". $ hybrid encryption (I) An application of cryptography that combines two or more encryption algorithms, particularly a combination of symmetric and asymmetric encryption. Examples: digital envelope, MSP, PEM, PGP. (Compare: superencryption.) Tutorial: Asymmetric algorithms require more computation than equivalently strong symmetric ones. Thus, asymmetric encryption is not normally used for data confidentiality except to distribute a symmetric key in a hybrid encryption scheme, where the symmetric key is usually very short (in terms of bits) compared to the data file it protects. (See: bulk key.) $ hyperlink (I) In hypertext or hypermedia, an information object (such as a word, a phrase, or an image, which usually is highlighted by color or underscoring) that points (i.e., indicates how to connect) to related information that is located elsewhere and can be retrieved by activating the link (e.g., by selecting the object with a mouse pointer and then clicking). $ hypermedia (I) A generalization of hypertext; any media that contain hyperlinks that point to material in the same or another data Shirey Informational [Page 132] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 object. $ hypertext (I) A computer document, or part of a document, that contains hyperlinks to other documents; i.e., text that contains active pointers to other text. Usually written in HTML and accessed using a web browser. (See: hypermedia.) $ Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) (I) A platform-independent system of syntax and semantics (RFC 1866) for adding characters to data files (particularly text files) to represent the data's structure and to point to related data, thus creating hypertext for use in the World Wide Web and other applications. (Compare: XML.) $ Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) (I) An TCP-based, Application-Layer, client-server, Internet protocol (RFC 2616) that is used to carry data requests and responses in the World Wide Web. (See: hypertext.) $ IAB (I) See: Internet Architecture Board. $ IANA (I) See: Internet Assigned Numbers Authority. $ IATF (O) See: Information Assurance Technical Framework. $ ICANN (I) See: Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers. $ ICMP (I) See: Internet Control Message Protocol. $ ICMP flood (I) A denial-of-service attack that sends a host more ICMP echo request ("ping") packets than the protocol implementation can handle. (See: flooding, smurf.) $ ICRL (N) See: indirect certificate revocation list. $ IDEA (N) See: International Data Encryption Algorithm. $ identification (I) An act or process that presents an identifier to a system so that the system can recognize a system entity and distinguish it from other entities. (See: authentication.) Shirey Informational [Page 133] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ identification information (D) Synonym for either "identifier" or "authentication information". (See: authentication.) Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for either of those terms; that would be duplicative and would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. Instead, use "identifier" or "authentication information ", depending on what is meant. $ Identification Protocol (I) An client-server Internet protocol [R1413] for learning the identity of a user of a particular TCP connection. Tutorial: Given a TCP port number pair, the server returns a character string that identifies the owner of that connection on the server's system. The protocol does not provide an authentication service and is not intended for authorization or access control. At best, it provides additional auditing information with respect to TCP. $ identifier (I) A data object -- often, a printable, non-blank character string -- that definitively represents a specific identity of a system entity, distinguishing that identity from all others. (Compare: identity.) Tutorial: Identifiers for system entities must be assigned very carefully, because authenticated identities are the basis for other security services, such as access control service. $ identifier credential 1. (I) See: /authentication/ under "credential". 2. (D) Synonym for "signature certificate". Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because the term is used in many ways and could easily be misunderstood. $ identity (I) The collective aspect of a set of attribute values (i.e., a set of characteristics) by which a system user or other system entity is recognizable or known. (See: authenticate, registration. Compare: identifier.) Usage: An ISD MAY apply this term to either a single entity or a set of entities. If an ISD involves both meanings, the ISD SHOULD use the following terms and definitions to avoid ambiguity: - "Singular identity": An identity that is registered for an entity that is one person or one process. - "Shared identity": An identity that is registered for an entity Shirey Informational [Page 134] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 that is a set of singular entities (1) in which each member is authorized to assume the identity individually and (2) for which the registering system maintains a record of the singular entities that comprise the set. In this case, we would expect each member entity to be registered with a singular identity before becoming associated with the shared identity. - "Group identity": An identity that is registered for an entity (1) that is a set of entities (2) for which the registering system does not maintain a record of singular entities that comprise the set. Tutorial: When security services are based on identities, two properties are desirable for the set of attributes used to define identities: - The set should be sufficient to distinguish each entity from all other entities, i.e., to represent each entity uniquely. - The set should be sufficient to distinguish each identity from any other identities of the same entity. The second property is needed if a system permits an entity to register two or more concurrent identities. Having two or more identities for the same entity implies that the entity has two separate justifications for registration. In that case, the set of attributes used for identities must be sufficient to represent multiple identities for a single entity. Having two or more identities registered for the same entity is different from concurrently associating two different identifiers with the same identity, and also is different from a single identity concurrently accessing the system in two different roles. (See: principal, role-based access control.) When an identity of a user is being registered in a system, the system may require presentation of evidence that proves the identity's authenticity (i.e., that the user has the right to claim or use the identity) and its eligibility (i.e., that the identity is qualified to be registered and needs to be registered). The following diagram illustrates how this term relates to some other terms in a PKI system: authentication information, identifier, identifier credential, registration, registered user, subscriber, and user. Shirey Informational [Page 135] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Relationships: === one-to-one, ==> one-to-many, <=> many-to-many. +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + | PKI System | + - - - - + | +------------------+ +-------------------------+ | | User, | | |Subscriber, i.e., | | Identity of Subscriber | | |i.e., one| | | Registered User, | | is system-unique | | | of the | | | is system-unique | | +---------------------+ | | |following| | | +--------------+ | | | Subscriber | | | | | | | | User's core | | | | Identity's | | | | +-----+ |===| | Registration | |==>| | Registration data | | | | |human| | | | | data, i.e., | | | |+-------------------+| | | | |being| | | | | an entity's | | | || same core data || | | | +-----+ | | | |distinguishing|========|for all Identities || | | | or | | | | attribute | | | || of the same User || | | | +-----+ | | | | values | | +===|+-------------------+| | | | |auto-| | | | +--------------+ | | | +---------------------+ | | | |mated| | | +------------------+ | +------------|------------+ | | |pro- | | | | +=======+ | | | |cess | | | +-------v----|----------------------|------------+ | | +-----+ | | | +----------v---+ +------------v----------+ | | | or | | | |Authentication|<===>|Identifier of Identity | | | |+-------+| | | | Information | | is system-unique | | | || a set || | | +--------------+ +-----------------------+ | | || of || | | Identifier Credential that associates unit of | | || either|| | | Authentication Information with the Identifier | | |+-------+| | +------------------------------------------------+ | + - - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -+ $ identity-based security policy (I) "A security policy based on the identities and/or attributes of users, a group of users, or entities acting on behalf of the users and the resources/objects being accessed." [I7498-2] (See: rule-based security policy.) $ identity proofing (I) A process that vets and verifies the information that is used to establish the identity of a system entity. (See: registration.) $ IDS (I) See: intrusion detection system. $ IEEE (N) See: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. $ IEEE 802.10 (N) An IEEE committee developing security standards for local area networks. (See: SILS.) $ IEEE P1363 (N) An IEEE working group, Standard for Public-Key Cryptography, engaged in developing a comprehensive reference standard for asymmetric cryptography. Covers discrete logarithm (e.g., DSA), Shirey Informational [Page 136] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 elliptic curve, and integer factorization (e.g., RSA); and covers key agreement, digital signature, and encryption. $ IESG (I) See: Internet Engineering Steering Group. $ IETF (I) See: Internet Engineering Task Force. $ IKE (I) See: IPsec Key Exchange. $ IMAP4 (I) See: Internet Message Access Protocol, version 4. $ IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE (I) A IMAP4 command (better described as a transaction type, or subprotocol) by which an IMAP4 client optionally proposes a mechanism to an IMAP4 server to authenticate the client to the server and provide other security services. (See: POP3.) Tutorial: If the server accepts the proposal, the command is followed by performing a challenge-response authentication protocol and, optionally, negotiating a protection mechanism for subsequent POP3 interactions. The security mechanisms that are used by IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE -- including Kerberos, GSS-API, and S/Key -- are described in [R1731]. $ impossible (O) Cannot be done in any reasonable amount of time. (See: break, brute force, strength, work factor.) $ in the clear (I) Not encrypted. (See: clear text.) $ Ina Jo (O) A methodology, language, and integrated set of software tools developed at the System Development Corporation for specifying, coding, and verifying software to produce correct and reliable programs. Usage: a.k.a. the Formal Development Methodology. [Cheh] $ incapacitation (I) A type of threat action that prevents or interrupts system operation by disabling a system component. (See: disruption.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Malicious logic": In context of incapacitation, any hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., logic bomb) intentionally introduced into a system to destroy system functions or resources. (See: corruption, main entry for "malicious logic", masquerade, misuse.) - "Physical destruction": Deliberate destruction of a system Shirey Informational [Page 137] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 component to interrupt or prevent system operation. - "Human error": /incapacitation/ Action or inaction that unintentionally disables a system component. (See: corruption, exposure.) - "Hardware or software error": /incapacitation/ Error that unintentionally causes failure of a system component and leads to disruption of system operation. (See: corruption, exposure.) - "Natural disaster": /incapacitation/ Any "act of God" (e.g., fire, flood, earthquake, lightning, or wind) that disables a system component. [FP031 section 2] $ incident See: security incident. $ INCITS (N) See: "International Committee for Information Technology Standardization" under "ANSI". $ indicator (N) An action -- either specific, generalized, or theoretical -- that an adversary might be expected to take in preparation for an attack. [C4009] (See: attack sensing, warning, and response.) $ indirect attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". Compare: direct attack. $ indirect certificate revocation list (ICRL) (N) In X.509, a CRL that may contain certificate revocation notifications for certificates issued by CAs other than the issuer (i.e., signer) of the ICRL. $ indistinguishability (I) An attribute of an encryption algorithm that is a formalization of the notion that the encryption of some string is indistinguishable from the encryption of an equal-length string of nonsense. (Compare: semantic security.) $ inference 1. (I) A type of threat action that reasons from characteristics or byproducts of communication and thereby indirectly accesses sensitive data, but not necessarily the data contained in the communication. (See: traffic analysis, signal analysis.) 2. (I) A type of threat action that indirectly gains unauthorized access to sensitive information in a database management system by correlating query responses with information that is already known. $ inference control (I) Protection of data confidentiality against inference attack. (See: traffic-flow confidentiality.) Shirey Informational [Page 138] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: A database management system containing N records about individuals may be required to provide statistical summaries about subsets of the population, while not revealing sensitive information about a single individual. An attacker may try to obtain sensitive information about an individual by isolating a desired record at the intersection of a set of overlapping queries. A system can attempt to prevent this by restricting the size and overlap of query sets, distorting responses by rounding or otherwise perturbing database values, and limiting queries to random samples. However, these techniques may be impractical to implement or use, and no technique is totally effective. For example, restricting the minimum size of a query set -- that is, not responding to queries for which there are fewer than K or more than N-K records that satisfy the query -- usually cannot prevent unauthorized disclosure. An attacker can pad small query sets with extra records, and then remove the effect of the extra records. The formula for identifying the extra records is called the "tracker". [Denns] $ INFOCON (O) See: information operations condition $ informal (N) Expressed in natural language. [CCIB] (Compare: formal, semiformal.) $ information 1. (I) Facts and ideas, which can be represented (encoded) as various forms of data. 2. (O) /U.S. Government/ "Any knowledge that can be communicated or documentary material, regardless of its physical form or characteristics, that is owned by, produced by or for, or is under the control of the United States Government. 'Control' means the authority of the agency that originates information, or its successor in function, to regulate access to the information." $ information assurance (N) /U.S. Government/ "Measures that protect and defend information and information systems by ensuring their availability integrity, authentication, confidentiality, and non-repudiation. These measures include providing for restoration of information systems by incorporating protection, detection, and reaction capabilities." [C4009] $ Information Assurance Technical Framework (IATF) (O) A publicly available document [IATF], developed through a collaborative effort by organizations in the U.S. Government and industry, and issued by NSA. Intended for security managers and system security engineers as a tutorial and reference document about security problems in information systems and networks, to Shirey Informational [Page 139] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 improve awareness of tradeoffs among available technology solutions and of desired characteristics of security approaches for particular problems. (See: ISO 17799, [SP14].) $ information domain (O) See: secondary definition under "domain". $ information domain security policy (O) See: secondary definition under "domain". $ information flow policy (N) /formal model/ A triple consisting of a set of security levels (or their equivalent security labels), a binary operator that maps each pair of security levels into a security level, and a binary relation on the set that selects a set of pairs of levels such that information is permitted to flow from an object of the first level to an object of the second level. (See: flow control, lattice model.) $ information operations condition (INFOCON) (O) /U.S. DoD/ A comprehensive defense posture and response based on the status of information systems, military operations, and intelligence assessments of adversary capabilities and intent. (See: threat) Derivation: From DEFCON, i.e., defense condition. Tutorial: The U.S. DoD defines five INFOCON levels: NORMAL (normal activity), ALPHA (increased risk of attack), BRAVO (specific risk of attack), CHARLIE (limited attack), and DELTA (general attack). $ information security (INFOSEC) (N) Measures that implement and assure security services in information systems, including in computer systems (see: COMPUSEC) and in communication systems (see: COMSEC). $ information system (I) An organized assembly of computing and communication resources and procedures -- i.e., equipment and services, together with their supporting infrastructure, facilities, and personnel -- that create, collect, record, process, store, transport, retrieve, display, disseminate, control, or dispose of information to accomplish a specified set of functions. (See: system entity, system resource.) $ Information Technology Security Evaluation Criteria (ITSEC) (N) A Standard [ITSEC] jointly developed by France, Germany, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom for use in the European Union; accommodates a wider range of security assurance and functionality combinations than the TCSEC. Superseded by the Common Criteria. Shirey Informational [Page 140] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ INFOSEC (I) See: information security. $ ingress filtering (I) A method [R2827] for countering attacks that use packets with false IP source addresses, by blocking such packets at the boundary between connected networks. Tutorial: Suppose network A of an internet service provider (ISP) includes a filtering router that is connected to customer network B, and an attacker in B at IP source address "foo" attempts to send packets with false source address "bar" into A. The false address may be either fixed or randomly changing, and it may either be unreachable or be a forged address that legitimately exists within either B or some other network C. In ingress filtering, the ISP's router blocks all inbound packet that arrive from B with a source address that is not within the range of legitimately advertised addresses for B. This method does not prevent all attacks that can originate from B, but the actual source of such attacks can be more easily traced because the originating network is known. $ initialization value (IV) (I) /cryptography/ An input parameter that sets the starting state of a cryptographic algorithm or mode. (Compare: activation data.) Usage: Sometimes called "initialization vector" or "message indicator", but ISDs SHOULD NOT use these synonyms because they mix concepts in potentially confusing ways. Tutorial: An IV can be used to synchronize one cryptographic process with another; e.g., CBC, CFB, and OFB use IVs. An IV also can be used to introduce cryptographic variance (see: salt) in addition to that provided by a key. $ initialization vector (D) /cryptographic function/ Synonym for "initialization value". Deprecated Term: To avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term in the context of cryptographic functions because the term's dictionary definition includes the concept of direction, which is not intended in cryptographic use. $ insertion 1. (I) /packet/ See: secondary definition under "stream integrity service". 2. (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "falsification". $ inside attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". Compare: insider. Shirey Informational [Page 141] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ insider 1. (I) A user (usually a person) that accesses a system from a position that is inside the system's security perimeter. (Compare: authorized user, outsider, unauthorized user.) Tutorial: An insider has been assigned a role that has more privileges to access system resources than do some other types of users, or can access those resources without being constrained by some access controls that are applied to outside users. For example, a salesclerk is an insider who has access to the cash register, but a store customer is an outsider. The actions performed by an insider in accessing the system may be either authorized or unauthorized; i.e., an insider may act either as an authorized user or as an unauthorized user. 2. (O) A person with authorized physical access to the system. Example: In this sense, an office janitor is an insider, but a burglar or casual visitor is not. [NRC98] 3. (O) A person with an organizational status that causes the system or members of the organization to view access requests as being authorized. Example: In this sense, a purchasing agent is an insider but a vendor is not. [NRC98] $ inspectable space (O) /EMSEC/ "Three-dimensional space surrounding equipment that process classified and/or sensitive information within which TEMPEST exploitation is not considered practical or where legal authority to identify and/or remove a potential TEMPEST exploitation exists." [C4009] (Compare: control zone, TEMPEST zone.) $ Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) (N) The IEEE is a not-for-profit association of approximately 300,000 individual members in 150 countries. The IEEE produces nearly one third of the world's published literature in electrical engineering, computers, and control technology; holds hundreds of major, annual conferences; and maintains more than 800 active standards, with many more under development. (See: SILS.) $ integrity See: data integrity, datagram integrity service, correctness integrity, source integrity, stream integrity service, system integrity. $ integrity check (D) A computation that is part of a mechanism to provide data integrity service or data origin authentication service. (Compare: checksum.) Shirey Informational [Page 142] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "cryptographic hash" or "protected checksum. This term unnecessarily duplicates the meaning of other, well-established terms; this term only mentions integrity, even though the intended service may be data origin authentication; and not every checksum is cryptographically protected. $ integrity label (I) A security label that tells the degree of confidence that may be placed in the data, and may also tell what countermeasures are required to be applied to protect the data against from alteration and destruction. (See: integrity. Compare: classification label.) $ intelligent threat (I) A circumstance in which an adversary has the technical and operational ability to detect and exploit a vulnerability and also has the demonstrated, presumed, or inferred intent to do so. (See: threat.) $ interception (I) A type of threat action whereby an unauthorized entity directly accesses sensitive data while the data is traveling between authorized sources and destinations. (See: unauthorized disclosure.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Theft": Gaining access to sensitive data by stealing a shipment of a physical medium, such as a magnetic tape or disk, that holds the data. - "Wiretapping (passive)": Monitoring and recording data that is flowing between two points in a communication system. (See: wiretapping.) - "Emanations analysis": Gaining direct knowledge of communicated data by monitoring and resolving a signal that is emitted by a system and that contains the data but was not intended to communicate the data. (See: emanation.) $ interference (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "obstruction". $ intermediate CA (D) The CA that issues a cross-certificate to another CA. [X509] (See: cross-certification.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is not widely known and mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. For example, suppose that end entity 1 ("EE1) is in one PKI ("PKI1"), end entity 2 ("EE2) is in another PKI ("PKI2"), and the root in PKI1 ("CA1") cross-certifies the root CA in PKI2 ("CA2"). Then if EE1 constructs the certification path CA1-to-CA2-to-EE2 to validate a certificate of EE2, conventional English usage would describe CA2 as being in the "intermediate" position in that path, Shirey Informational [Page 143] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 not CA1. $ internal controls (I) /COMPUSEC/ Functions, features, and technical characteristics of computer hardware and software, especially of operating systems. Includes mechanisms to regulate the operation of a computer system with regard to access control, flow control, and inference control. (Compare: external controls.) $ International Data Encryption Algorithm (IDEA) (N) A patented, symmetric block cipher that uses a 128-bit key and operates on 64-bit blocks. [Schn] (See: symmetric cryptography.) $ International Standard (N) See: secondary definition under "ISO". $ International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (O) Rules issued by the U.S. State Department, by authority of the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778), to control export and import of defense articles and defense services, including information security systems, such as cryptographic systems, and TEMPEST suppression technology. (See: type 1 product, Wassenaar Arrangement.) $ internet, Internet 1. (I) /not capitalized/ Abbreviation of "internetwork". 2. (I) /capitalized/ The Internet is the single, interconnected, worldwide system of commercial, government, educational, and other computer networks that share (a) the protocol suite specified by the IAB (RFC 2026) and (b) the name and address spaces managed by the ICANN. (See: Internet Layer, Internet Protocol Suite.) Usage: Use with definite article "the" when using as a noun. E.g., say "My LAN is small, but the Internet is large." Don't say "My LAN is small, but Internet is large." $ Internet Architecture Board (IAB) (I) A technical advisory group of the ISOC, chartered by the ISOC Trustees to provide oversight of Internet architecture and protocols and, in the context of Internet Standards, a body to which decisions of the IESG may be appealed. Responsible for approving appointments to the IESG from among nominees submitted by the IETF nominating committee. (RFC 2026) $ Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) (I) From the early days of the Internet, the IANA was chartered by the ISOC and the U.S. Government's Federal Network Council to be the central coordination, allocation, and registration body for parameters for Internet protocols. Superseded by ICANN. Shirey Informational [Page 144] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) (I) An Internet Standard protocol (RFC 792) that is used to report error conditions during IP datagram processing and to exchange other information concerning the state of the IP network. $ Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) (I) The non-profit, private corporation that has assumed responsibility for the IP address space allocation, protocol parameter assignment, DNS management, and root server system management functions formerly performed under U.S. Government contract by IANA and other entities. Tutorial: The IPS, as defined by the IETF and the IESG, contains numerous parameters, such as internet addresses, domain names, autonomous system numbers, protocol numbers, port numbers, management information base OIDs, including private enterprise numbers, and many others. The Internet community requires that the values used in these parameter fields be assigned uniquely. ICANN makes those assignments as requested and maintains a registry of the current values. ICANN was formed in October 1998, by a coalition of the Internet's business, technical, and academic communities. The U.S. Government designated ICANN to serve as the global consensus entity with responsibility for coordinating four key functions for the Internet: allocation of IP address space, assignment of protocol parameters, management of the DNS, and management of the DNS root server system. $ Internet-Draft (I) A working document of the IETF, its areas, and its working groups. (RFC 2026) Usage: The term is customarily hyphenated when used either as a adjective or a noun, even though the latter is not standard English punctuation. Tutorial: An Internet-Draft is not an archival document like an RFC is. Instead, an Internet-Draft is a preliminary or working document that is valid for a maximum of six months and may be updated, replaced, or made obsolete by other documents at any time. It is inappropriate to use an Internet Draft as reference material or to cite it other than as "work in progress". Although most of the Internet-Drafts are produced by the IETF, any interested organization may request to have its working documents published as Internet-Drafts. $ Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG) (I) The part of the ISOC responsible for technical management of IETF activities and administration of the Internet Standards Process according to procedures approved by the ISOC Trustees. Directly responsible for actions along the "standards track", Shirey Informational [Page 145] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 including final approval of specifications as Internet Standards. Composed of IETF Area Directors and the IETF chairperson, who also chairs the IESG. (RFC 2026) $ Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) (I) A self-organized group of people who make contributions to the development of Internet technology. The principal body engaged in developing Internet Standards, although not itself a part of the ISOC. Composed of Working Groups, which are arranged into Areas (such as the Security Area), each coordinated by one or more Area Directors. Nominations to the IAB and the IESG are made by a committee selected at random from regular IETF meeting attendees who have volunteered. (RFC 2026) [RFC 2323] $ Internet Key Exchange (IKE) (I) An Internet, IPsec, key-establishment protocol [R4306] for putting in place authenticated keying material (a) for use with ISAKMP and (b) for other security associations, such as in AH and ESP. Tutorial: IKE is based on three earlier protocol designs: ISAKMP, OAKLEY, and SKEME. $ Internet Layer (I) See: Internet Protocol Suite. $ Internet Message Access Protocol, version 4 (IMAP4) (I) An Internet protocol (RFC 2060) by which a client workstation can dynamically access a mailbox on a server host to manipulate and retrieve mail messages that the server has received and is holding for the client. (See: POP3.) Tutorial: IMAP4 has mechanisms for optionally authenticating a client to a server and providing other security services. (See: IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE.) $ Internet Open Trading Protocol (IOTP) (I) An Internet protocol (RFC 2801) proposed as a general framework for Internet commerce, able to encapsulate transactions of various proprietary payment systems (e.g., GeldKarte, Mondex, SET, Visa Cash). Provides optional security services by incorporating various Internet security mechanisms (e.g., MD5) and protocols (e.g., TLS). $ Internet Policy Registration Authority (IPRA) (I) An X.509-compliant CA that is the top CA of the Internet certification hierarchy operated under the auspices of the ISOC [R1422]. (See: /PEM/ under "certification hierarchy".) $ Internet Private Line Interface (IPLI) (O) A successor to the PLI, updated to use TCP/IP and newer military-grade COMSEC equipment (TSEC/KG-84). The IPLI was a Shirey Informational [Page 146] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 portable, modular system that was developed for use in tactical, packet-radio networks. $ Internet Protocol (IP) (I) A Internet Standard, Internet-Layer protocol that moves datagrams (discrete sets of bits) from one computer to another across an internetwork but does not provide reliable delivery, flow control, sequencing, or other end-to-end services that TCP provides. IP version 4 (IPv4) is specified in RFC 791, and IP version 6 (IPv6) is specified in RFC 2460. (See: IP address, TCP/IP.) Tutorial: If IP were used in an OSIRM stack, IP would be placed at the top of Layer 3, above other Layer 3 protocols in the stack. In any IPS stack, IP is always present in the Internet Layer and is always placed at the top of that layer, on top of any other protocols that are used in that layer. In some sense, IP is the only protocol specified for the IPS Internet Layer; other protocols used there, such as AH and ESP, are just IP variations. $ Internet Protocol security See: IP Security Protocol. $ Internet Protocol Security Option (IPSO) (I) Refers to one of three types of IP security options, which are fields that may be added to an IP datagram for the purpose of carrying security information about the datagram. (Compare: IPsec.) Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without a modifier to indicate which of the following three types is meant: - "DoD Basic Security Option" (IP option type 130): Defined for use on U.S. DoD common-use data networks. Identifies the DoD classification level at which the datagram is to be protected and the protection authorities whose rules apply to the datagram. (A "protection authority" is a National Access Program (e.g., GENSER, SIOP-ESI, SCI, NSA, Department of Energy) or Special Access Program that specifies protection rules for transmission and processing of the information contained in the datagram.) [R1108] - "DoD Extended Security Option" (IP option type 133): Permits additional security labeling information, beyond that present in the Basic Security Option, to be supplied in the datagram to meet the needs of registered authorities. [R1108] - "Common IP Security Option" (CIPSO) (IP option type 134): Designed by TSIG to carry hierarchic and non-hierarchic security labels. (Formerly called "Commercial IP Security Option"; a version 2.3 draft was published 9 March 1993 as an Internet-Draft but did not advance to RFC form.) [CIPSO] Shirey Informational [Page 147] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Internet Protocol Suite (IPS) (I) The set of network communication protocols that are specified by the IETF, and approved as Internet Standards by the IESG, within the oversight of the IAB. (See: OSIRM Security Architecture. Compare: OSIRM.) Usage: This set of protocols is popularly known as "TCP/IP" because TCP and IP are its most basic and important components. For clarity, this Glossary refers to IPS protocol layers by name and capitalizes those names, and refers to OSIRM protocol layers by number. Tutorial: The IPS does have architectural principles [R1958], but there is no Internet Standard that defines a layered IPS reference model like the OSIRM. Still, Internet community literature has referred (inconsistently) to IPS layers since early in the Internet's development [Padl]. This Glossary treats the IPS as having five protocol layers -- Application, Transport, Internet, Network Interface, and Network Hardware (or Network Substrate) -- which are illustrated in the following diagram: OSIRM Layers Examples IPS Layers Examples ------------------ --------------- --------------- -------------- Message Format: P2 [X420] Message Format: ARPA (RFC 822) +----------------+ +-------------+ |7.Application | P1 [X419] | Application | SMTP (RFC 821) +----------------+ - - - - - - | | |6.Presentatation| [I8823] | | +----------------+ - - - - - - | | |5.Session | [I8327] +-------------+ +----------------+ - - - - - - | Transport | TCP (RFC 793) |4.Transport | TP4 [I8073] | | +----------------+ - - - - - - +-------------+ |3.Network | CLNP [I8473] | Internet | IP (RFC 791) | | +-------------+ | | | Network | IP over IEEE +----------------+ - - - - - - | Interface | 802 (RFC 1042) |2.Data Link | +-------------+ | | LLC [I8802-2] - Network - The IPS does | | MAC [I8802-3] - Hardware - not include +----------------+ - (or Network - standards for |1.Physical | Baseband - Substrate) - this layer. +----------------+ Signaling [Stal] + - - - - - - + The diagram approximates how the five IPS layers align with the seven OSIRM layers, and it offers examples of protocol stacks that provide roughly equivalent electronic mail service over a private local area network that uses baseband signaling. Shirey Informational [Page 148] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 - IPS Application Layer: The user runs an application program. The program selects the data transport service it needs -- either a sequence of data messages or a continuous stream of data -- and hands application data to the Transport Layer for delivery. - IPS Transport Layer: This layer divides application data into packets, adds a destination address to each, and communicates them end-to-end -- from one application program to another -- optionally regulating the flow and ensuring reliable (error- free and sequenced) delivery. - IPS Internet Layer: This layer carries transport packets in IP datagrams. It moves each datagram independently, from its source computer to its addressed destination computer, routing the datagram through a sequence of networks and relays and selecting appropriate network interfaces en route. - IPS Network Interface Layer: This layer accepts datagrams for transmission over a specific network. This layer specifies interface conventions for carrying IP over OSIRM Layer 3 protocols and over Media Access Control sublayer protocols of OSIRM Layer 2. An example is IP over IEEE 802 (RFD 1042). - IPS Network Hardware Layer: This layer consists of specific, physical communication media. However, the IPS does not specify its own peer-to-peer protocols in this layer. Instead, the layering conventions specified by the Network Interface Layer use Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols that are specified by bodies other than the IETF. That it, the IPS addresses *inter*-network functions and does not address *intra*-network functions. The two models are most dissimilar in the upper layers, where the IPS model does not include Session and Presentation layers. However, this omission causes fewer functional differences between the models than might be imagined, and the differences have relatively few security implications: - Formal separation of OSIRM Layers 5, 6, and 7 is not needed in implementations; the functions of these layers sometimes are mixed in a single software unit, even in protocols in the OSI suite. - Some OSIRM Layer 5 services -- for example, connection termination -- are built into TCP, and the remaining Layer 5 and 6 functions are built into IPS Application-Layer protocols where needed. - The OSIRM does not place any security services in Layer 5 (see: OSIRM Security Architecture). - The lack of an explicit Presentation Layer in the IPS sometimes Shirey Informational [Page 149] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 makes it simpler to implement security in IPS applications. For example, a primary function of Layer 6 is to convert data between internal and external forms, using a transfer syntax to unambiguously encode data for transmission. If an OSIRM application encrypts data to protect against disclosure during transmission, the transfer encoding must be done before the encryption. If an application does encryption, as is done in OSI message handling and directory service protocols, then Layer 6 functions must be replicated in Layer 7. [X400, X500]. The two models are most alike at the top of OSIRM Layer 3, where the OSI Connectionless Network Layer Protocol (CLNP) and the IPS IP are quite similar. Connection-oriented security services offered in OSIRM Layer 3 are inapplicable in the IPS, because the IPS Internet Layer lacks the explicit, connection-oriented service offered in the OSIRM. $ Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol (ISAKMP) (I) An Internet IPsec protocol [R2408] to negotiate, establish, modify, and delete security associations, and to exchange key generation and authentication data, independent of the details of any specific key generation technique, key establishment protocol, encryption algorithm, or authentication mechanism. Tutorial: ISAKMP supports negotiation of security associations for protocols at all IPS layers. By centralizing management of security associations, ISAKMP reduces duplicated functionality within each protocol. ISAKMP can also reduce connection setup time, by negotiating a whole stack of services at once. Strong authentication is required on ISAKMP exchanges, and a digital signature algorithm based on asymmetric cryptography is used within ISAKMP's authentication component. ISAKMP negotiations are conducted in two "phases": - "Phase 1 negotiation". A phase 1 negotiation establishes a security association to be used by ISAKMP to protect its own protocol operations. - "Phase 2 negotiation". A phase 2 negotiation (which is protected by a security association that was established by a phase 1 negotiation) establishes a security association to be used to protect the operations of a protocol other than ISAKMP, such as ESP. $ Internet Society (ISOC) (I) A professional society concerned with Internet development (including technical Internet Standards); with how the Internet is and can be used; and with social, political, and technical issues that result. The ISOC Board of Trustees approves appointments to the IAB from among nominees submitted by the IETF nominating committee. (RFC 2026) Shirey Informational [Page 150] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Internet Standard (I) A specification, approved by the IESG and published as an RFC, that is stable and well-understood, is technically competent, has multiple, independent, and interoperable implementations with substantial operational experience, enjoys significant public support, and is recognizably useful in some or all parts of the Internet. (RFC 2026) (Compare: RFC.) Tutorial: The "Internet Standards Process" is an activity of the ISOC and is organized and managed by the IAB and the IESG. The process is concerned with all protocols, procedures, and conventions used in or by the Internet, whether or not they are part of the IPS. The "Internet Standards Track" has three levels of increasing maturity: Proposed Standard, Draft Standard, and Standard. (Compare: ISO, W3C.) $ Internet Standards document (ISD) (I) An RFC or an Internet-Draft that is produced as part of the Internet Standards Process (RFC 2026). (See: Internet Standard.) Deprecated Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because neither the term nor the abbreviation is widely accepted. $ internetwork (I) A system of interconnected networks; a network of networks. Usually shortened to "internet". (See: internet, Internet.) Tutorial: An internet can be built using OSIRM Layer 3 gateways to implement connections between a set of similar subnetworks. With dissimilar subnetworks, i.e., subnetworks that differ in the Layer 3 protocol service they offer, an internet can be built by implementing a uniform internetwork protocol (e.g., IP) that operates at the top of Layer 3 and hides the underlying subnetworks' heterogeneity from hosts that use communication services provided by the internet. (See: router.) $ intranet (I) A computer network, especially one based on Internet technology, that an organization uses for its own internal (and usually private) purposes and that is closed to outsiders. (See: extranet, virtual private network.) $ intruder (I) An entity that gains or attempts to gain access to a system or system resource without having authorization to do so. (See: intrusion. Compare: adversary, cracker, hacker.) $ intrusion 1. (I) A security event, or a combination of multiple security events, that constitutes a security incident in which an intruder gains, or attempts to gain, access to a system or system resource Shirey Informational [Page 151] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 without having authorization to do so. (See: IDS.) 2. (I) A type of threat action whereby an unauthorized entity gains access to sensitive data by circumventing a system's security protections. (See: unauthorized disclosure.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Trespass": Gaining physical access to sensitive data by circumventing a system's protections. - "Penetration": Gaining logical access to sensitive data by circumventing a system's protections. - "Reverse engineering": Acquiring sensitive data by disassembling and analyzing the design of a system component. - "Cryptanalysis": Transforming encrypted data into plain text without having prior knowledge of encryption parameters or processes. (See: main entry for "cryptanalysis".) $ intrusion detection (I) Sensing and analyzing system events for the purpose of noticing (i.e., becoming aware of) attempts to access system resources in an unauthorized manner. (See: anomaly detection, IDS, misuse detection. Compare: extrusion detection.) [IDSAN, IDSSC, IDSSE, IDSSY] Usage: This includes the following subtypes: - "Active detection": Real-time or near-real-time analysis of system event data to detect current intrusions, which result in an immediate protective response. - "Passive detection": Off-line analysis of audit data to detect past intrusions, which are reported to the system security officer for corrective action. (Compare: security audit.) $ intrusion detection system (IDS) 1. (N) A process or subsystem, implemented in software or hardware, that automates the tasks of (a) monitoring events that occur in a computer network and (b) analyzing them for signs of security problems. [SP31] (See: intrusion detection.) 2. (N) A security alarm system to detect unauthorized entry. [DC6/9]. Tutorial: Active intrusion detection processes can be either host- based or network-based: - "Host-based": Intrusion detection components -- traffic sensors and analyzers -- run directly on the hosts that they are intended to protect. - "Network-based": Sensors are placed on subnetwork components, and analysis components run either on subnetwork components or hosts. $ invalidity date (N) An X.509 CRL entry extension that "indicates the date at which Shirey Informational [Page 152] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 it is known or suspected that the [revoked certificate's private key] was compromised or that the certificate should otherwise be considered invalid." [X509]. Tutorial: This date may be earlier than the revocation date in the CRL entry, and may even be earlier than the date of issue of earlier CRLs. However, the invalidity date is not, by itself, sufficient for purposes of non-repudiation service. For example, to fraudulently repudiate a validly generated signature, a private key holder may falsely claim that the key was compromised at some time in the past. $ IOTP (I) See: Internet Open Trading Protocol. $ IP (I) See: Internet Protocol. $ IP address (I) A computer's internetwork address that is assigned for use by IP and other protocols. Tutorial: An IP version 4 address (RFC 791) has four 8-bit parts and is written as a series of four decimal numbers separated by periods. Example: The address of the host named "rosslyn.bbn.com" is 192.1.7.10. An IP version 6 address (RFC 2373) has eight 16-bit parts and is written as eight hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. Examples: 1080:0:0:0:8:800:200C:417A and FEDC:BA98:7654:3210:FEDC:BA98:7654:3210. $ IP Security Option (I) See: Internet Protocol Security Option. $ IP Security Protocol (IPsec) 1a. (I) The name of the IETF working group that is specifying an architecture [R2401] and set of protocols to provide security services for IP traffic. (See: AH, ESP, IKE, SAD, SPD. Compare: IPSO.) 1b. (I) A collective name for the IP security architecture [R2401] and associated set of protocols (primarily AH, ESP, and IKE). Usage: In ISDs that use the abbreviation "IPsec", the letters "IP" SHOULD be in upper case, and the letters "sec" SHOULD NOT. Tutorial: The security services provided by IPsec include access control service, connectionless data integrity service, data origin authentication service, protection against replays (detection of the arrival of duplicate datagrams, within a constrained window), data confidentiality service, and limited Shirey Informational [Page 153] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 traffic-flow confidentiality. IPsec specifies (a) security protocols (AH and ESP), (b) security associations (what they are, how they work, how they are managed, and associated processing), (c) key management (IKE), and (d) algorithms for authentication and encryption. Implementation of IPsec is optional for IP version 4, but mandatory for IP version 6. $ IPLI (I) See: Internet Private Line Interface. $ IPRA (I) See: Internet Policy Registration Authority. $ IPS (I) See: Internet Protocol Suite. $ IPsec (I) See: IP Security Protocol. $ IPSO (I) See: Internet Protocol Security Option. $ ISAKMP (I) See: Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol. $ ISD (I) See: Internet Standards document. $ ISO (I) International Organization for Standardization, a voluntary, non-treaty, non-government organization, established in 1947, with voting members that are designated standards bodies of participating nations and non-voting observer organizations. (Compare: ANSI, IETF, ITU-T, W3C.) Tutorial: Legally, ISO is a Swiss, non-profit, private organization. ISO and the IEC (the International Electrotechnical Commission) form the specialized system for worldwide standardization. National bodies that are members of ISO or IEC participate in developing international standards through ISO and IEC technical committees that deal with particular fields of activity. Other international governmental and non-governmental organizations, in liaison with ISO and IEC, also take part. (ANSI is the U.S. voting member of ISO. ISO is a class D member of ITU-T.) The ISO standards development process has four levels of increasing maturity: Working Draft (WD), Committee Draft (CD), Draft International Standard (DIS), and International Standard (IS). (Compare: "Internet Standards Track" under "Internet Standard".) In information technology, ISO and IEC have a joint Shirey Informational [Page 154] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 technical committee, ISO/IEC JTC 1. DISs adopted by JTC 1 are circulated to national bodies for voting, and publication as an IS requires approval by at least 75% of the national bodies casting a vote. $ ISO 17799 (N) An International Standard that is a code of practice, derived from Part 1 of British Standard 7799, for managing the security of information systems in an organization. This standard does not provide definitive or specific material on any security topic. It provides general guidance on a wide variety of topics, but typically does not go into depth. (See: IATF, [SP14].) $ ISOC (I) See: Internet Society. $ issue (I) /PKI/ Generate and sign a digital certificate (or a CRL) and, usually, distribute it and make it available to potential certificate users (or CRL users). (See: certificate creation.) Usage: The term "issuing" is usually understood to refer not only to creating a digital certificate (or a CRL) but also to making it available to potential users, such as by storing it in a repository or other directory or otherwise publishing it. However, the ABA [DSG] explicitly limits this term to the creation process and excludes any related publishing or distribution process. $ issuer 1. (I) /certificate, CRL/ The CA that signs a digital certificate or CRL. Tutorial: An X.509 certificate always includes the issuer's name. The name may include a common name value. 2. (O) /payment card, SET/ "The financial institution or its agent that issues the unique primary account number to the cardholder for the payment card brand." [SET2] Tutorial: The institution that establishes the account for a cardholder and issues the payment card also guarantees payment for authorized transactions that use the card in accordance with card brand regulations and local legislation. [SET1] $ ITAR (O) See: International Traffic in Arms Regulations. $ ITSEC (N) See: Information Technology System Evaluation Criteria. $ ITU-T (N) International Telecommunications Union, Telecommunication Shirey Informational [Page 155] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Standardization Sector (formerly "CCITT"), a United Nations treaty organization that is composed mainly of postal, telephone, and telegraph authorities of the member countries and that publishes standards called "Recommendations". (See: X.400, X.500.) Tutorial: The Department of State represents the United States. ITU-T works on many kinds of communication systems. ITU-T cooperates with ISO on communication protocol standards, and many Recommendations in that area are also published as an ISO standard with an ISO name and number. $ IV (I) See: initialization value. $ jamming (N) An attack that attempts to interfere with the reception of broadcast communications. (See: anti-jam, denial of service. Compare: flooding.) Tutorial: Jamming uses "interference" as a type of "obstruction" intended to cause "disruption". Jamming a broadcast signal is typically done by broadcasting a second signal that receivers cannot separate from the first one. Jamming is mainly thought of in the context of wireless communication, but also can be done in some wired technologies, such as LANs that use contention techniques to share a broadcast medium. $ KAK (D) See: key-auto-key. (Compare: KEK.) $ KDC (I) See: Key Distribution Center. $ KEA (N) See: Key Exchange Algorithm. $ KEK (I) See: key-encrypting key. (Compare: KAK.) $ Kerberos (I) A system developed at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology that depends on passwords and symmetric cryptography (DES) to implement ticket-based, peer entity authentication service and access control service distributed in a client-server network environment. [R4120, Stei] (See: realm.) Tutorial: Kerberos was originally developed by Project Athena and is named for the mythical three-headed dog that guards Hades. The system architecture includes authentication servers and ticket- granting servers that function as an ACC and a KDC. RFC 4556 describes extensions to the Kerberos specification that Shirey Informational [Page 156] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 modify the initial authentication exchange between a client and the KDC. The extensions employ public-key cryptography to enable the client and KDC to mutually authenticate and establish shared, symmetric keys that are used to complete the exchange. (See: PKINT.) $ kernel (I) A small, trusted part of a system that provides services on which the other parts of the system depend. (See: security kernel.) $ Kernelized Secure Operating System (KSOS) (O) An MLS computer operating system, designed to be a provably secure replacement for UNIX Version 6, and consisting of a security kernel, non-kernel security-related utility programs, and optional UNIX application development and support environments. [Perr] Tutorial: KSOS-6 was the implementation on a SCOMP. KSOS-11 was the implementation by Ford Aerospace and Communications Corporation on the DEC PDP-11/45 and PDP-111/70 computers. $ key 1a. (I) /cryptography/ An input parameter used to vary a transformation function performed by a cryptographic algorithm. (See: private key, public key, storage key, symmetric key, traffic key. Compare: initialization value.) 1b. (O) /cryptography/ Used in singular form as a collective noun referring to keys or keying material. Example: A fill device can be used transfer key between two cryptographic devices. 2. (I) /anti-jam/ An input parameter used to vary a process that determines patterns for an anti-jam measure. (See: frequency hopping, spread spectrum.) Tutorial: A key is usually specified as a sequence of bits or other symbols. If a key value needs to be kept secret, the sequence of symbols that comprise it should be random, or at least pseudorandom, because that makes the key harder for an adversary to guess. (See: brute force attack, cryptanalysis, strength.) $ key agreement (algorithm or protocol) 1. (I) A key establishment method (especially one involving asymmetric cryptography) by which two or more entities, without prior arrangement except a public exchange of data (such as public keys), each can generate the same key value. That is, the method does not send a secret from one entity to the other; instead, both entities, without prior arrangement except a public exchange of data, can compute the same secret value, but that value cannot be computed by other, unauthorized entities. (See: Diffie-Hellman- Merkle, key establishment, KEA, MQV. Compare: key transport.) Shirey Informational [Page 157] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 2. (O) "A method for negotiating a key value on line without transferring the key, even in an encrypted form, e.g., the Diffie- Hellman technique." [X509] (See: Diffie-Hellman-Merkle.) 3. (O) "The procedure whereby two different parties generate shared symmetric keys such that any of the shared symmetric keys is a function of the information contributed by all legitimate participants, so that no party [alone] can predetermine the value of the key." [A9042] Example: A message originator and the intended recipient can each use their own private key and the other's public key with the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm to first compute a shared secret value and, from that value, derive a session key to encrypt the message. $ key authentication (N) "The assurance of the legitimate participants in a key agreement [i.e., in a key-agreement protocol] that no non- legitimate party possesses the shared symmetric key." [A9042] $ key-auto-key (KAK) (D) "Cryptographic logic [i.e., a mode of operation] using previous key to produce key." [C4009, A1523] (See: CTAK, /cryptographic operation/ under "mode".) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it is neither well-known nor precisely defined. Instead, use terms associated with modes that are defined in standards, such as CBC, CFB, and OFB. $ key center (I) A centralized, key-distribution process (used in symmetric cryptography), usually a separate computer system, that uses master keys (i.e., KEKs) to encrypt and distribute session keys needed by a community of users. Tutorial: An ANSI standard [A9017] defines two types of key center: "key distribution center" and "key translation center". $ key confirmation (N) "The assurance [provided to] the legitimate participants in a key establishment protocol that the [parties that are intended to share] the symmetric key actually possess the shared symmetric key." [A9042] $ key distribution (I) A process that delivers a cryptographic key from the location where it is generated to the locations where it is used in a cryptographic algorithm. (See: key establishment, key management.) Shirey Informational [Page 158] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ key distribution center (KDC) 1. (I) A type of key center (used in symmetric cryptography) that implements a key-distribution protocol to provide keys (usually, session keys) to two (or more) entities that wish to communicate securely. (Compare: key translation center.) 2. (N) "COMSEC facility generating and distributing key in electrical form." [C4009] Tutorial: A KDC distributes keys to Alice and Bob, who (a) wish to communicate with each other but do not currently share keys, (b) each share a KEK with the KDC, and (c) may not be able to generate or acquire keys by themselves. Alice requests the keys from the KDC. The KDC generates or acquires the keys and makes two identical sets. The KDC encrypts one set in the KEK it shares with Alice, and sends that encrypted set to Alice. The KDC encrypts the second set in the KEK it shares with Bob, and either (a) sends that encrypted set to Alice for her to forward to Bob or (b) sends it directly to Bob (although the latter option is not supported in the ANSI standard [A9017]). $ key encapsulation (N) A key recovery technique for storing knowledge of a cryptographic key by encrypting it with another key and ensuring that that only certain third parties called "recovery agents" can perform the decryption operation to retrieve the stored key. Key encapsulation typically permits direct retrieval of a secret key used to provide data confidentiality. (Compare: key escrow.) $ key-encrypting key (KEK) (I) A cryptographic key that (a) is used to encrypt other keys (either DEKs or other TEKs) for transmission or storage but (b) (usually) is not used to encrypt application data. Usage: Sometimes called "key-encryption key". $ key escrow (N) A key recovery technique for storing knowledge of a cryptographic key or parts thereof in the custody of one or more third parties called "escrow agents", so that the key can be recovered and used in specified circumstances. (Compare: key encapsulation.) Tutorial: Key escrow is typically implemented with split knowledge techniques. For example, the Escrowed Encryption Standard [FP185] entrusts two components of a device-unique split key to separate escrow agents. The agents provide the components only to someone legally authorized to conduct electronic surveillance of telecommunications encrypted by that specific device. The components are used to reconstruct the device-unique key, and it is used to obtain the session key needed to decrypt communications. Shirey Informational [Page 159] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ key establishment (algorithm or protocol) 1. (I) A procedure that combines the key generation and key- distribution steps needed to set up or install a secure communication association. 2. (I) A procedure that results in keying material being shared among two or more system entities. [A9042, SP56] Tutorial: The two basic techniques for key establishment are "key agreement" and "key transport". $ Key Exchange Algorithm (KEA) (N) A key-agreement method [SKIP, R2773] that is based on the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm and uses 1024-bit asymmetric keys. (See: CAPSTONE, CLIPPER, FORTEZZA, SKIPJACK.) Tutorial: KEA was developed by NSA and formerly classified at the U.S. DoD "Secret" level. On 23 June 1998, the NSA announced that KEA had been declassified. $ key generation (I) A process that creates the sequence of symbols that comprise a cryptographic key. (See: key management.) $ key generator 1. (I) An algorithm that uses mathematical rules to deterministically produce a pseudorandom sequence of cryptographic key values. 2. (I) An encryption device that incorporates a key generation mechanism and applies the key to plain text to produce cipher text (e.g., by exclusive OR-ing (a) a bit string representation of the key with (b) a bit string representation of the plaintext). $ key length (I) The number of symbols (usually stated as a number of bits) needed to be able to represent any of the possible values of a cryptographic key. (See: key space.) $ key lifetime 1. (D) Synonym for "cryptoperiod". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with definition 1 because a key's cryptoperiod may be only a part of the key's lifetime. A key could be generated at some time prior to when its cryptoperiod begins and might not be destroyed (i.e., zeroized) until some time after its cryptoperiod ends. 2. (O) /MISSI/ An attribute of a MISSI key pair that specifies a time span that bounds the validity period of any MISSI X.509 public-key certificate that contains the public component of the pair. (See: cryptoperiod.) Shirey Informational [Page 160] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ key loader (N) Synonym for "fill device". $ key loading and initialization facility (KLIF) (N) A place where ECU hardware is activated after being fabricated. (Compare: CLEF.) Tutorial: Before going to its KLIF, an ECU is not ready to be fielded, usually because it is not yet able to receive DEKs. The KLIF employs trusted processes to complete the ECU by installing needed data such as KEKs, seed values, and, in some cases, cryptographic software. After KLIF processing, the ECU is ready for deployment. $ key management 1a. (I) The process of handling keying material during its life cycle in a cryptographic system; and the supervision and control of that process. (See: key distribution, key escrow, keying material, public-key infrastructure.) Usage: Usually understood to include ordering, generating, storing, archiving, escrowing, distributing, loading, destroying, auditing, and accounting for the material. 1b. (O) /NIST/ "The activities involving the handling of cryptographic keys and other related security parameters (e.g., IVs, counters) during the entire life cycle of the keys, including their generation, storage, distribution, entry and use, deletion or destruction, and archiving." [FP140, SP57] 2. (O) /OSIRM/ "The generation, storage, distribution, deletion, archiving and application of keys in accordance with a security policy." [I7498-2] $ Key Management Protocol (KMP) (N) A protocol to establish a shared symmetric key between a pair (or a group) of users. (One version of KMP was developed by SDNS, and another by SILS.) Superseded by ISAKMP and IKE. $ key material (D) Synonym for "keying material". Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "keying material". $ key pair (I) A set of mathematically related keys -- a public key and a private key -- that are used for asymmetric cryptography and are generated in a way that makes it computationally infeasible to derive the private key from knowledge of the public key. (See: Diffie-Hellman-Merkle, RSA.) Shirey Informational [Page 161] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: A key pair's owner discloses the public key to other system entities so they can use the key to (a) encrypt data, (b) verify a digital signature, or (c) generate a key with a key- agreement algorithm. The matching private key is kept secret by the owner, who uses it to (a') decrypt data, (b') generate a digital signature, or (c') generate a key with a key-agreement algorithm. $ key recovery 1. (I) /cryptanalysis/ A process for learning the value of a cryptographic key that was previously used to perform some cryptographic operation. (See: cryptanalysis, recovery.) 2. (I) /backup/ Techniques that provide an intentional, alternate, means to access the key used for data confidentiality service in an encrypted association. [DoD4] (Compare: recovery.) Tutorial: It is assumed that the cryptographic system includes a primary means of obtaining the key through a key establishment algorithm or protocol. For the secondary means, there are two classes of key recovery techniques: key encapsulation and key escrow. $ key space (I) The range of possible values of a cryptographic key; or the number of distinct transformations supported by a particular cryptographic algorithm. (See: key length.) $ key translation center (I) A type of key center that implements a key-distribution protocol (based on symmetric cryptography) to convey keys between two (or more) parties who wish to communicate securely. (Compare: key distribution center.) Tutorial: A key translation center transfers keys for future communication between Bob and Alice, who (a) wish to communicate with each other but do not currently share keys, (b) each share a KEK with the center, and (c) have the ability to generate or acquire keys by themselves. Alice generates or acquires a set of keys for communication with Bob. Alice encrypts the set in the KEK she shares with the center and sends the encrypted set to the center. The center decrypts the set, reencrypts the set in the KEK it shares with Bob, and either (a) sends that reencrypted set to Alice for her to forward to Bob or (b) sends it directly to Bob (although direct distribution is not supported in the ANSI standard [A9017]). $ key transport (algorithm or protocol) 1. (I) A key establishment method by which a secret key is generated by a system entity in a communication association and securely sent to another entity in the association. (Compare: key Shirey Informational [Page 162] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 agreement.) Tutorial: Either (a) one entity generates a secret key and securely sends it to the other entity, or (b) each entity generates a secret value and securely sends it to the other entity, where the two values are combined to form a secret key. For example, a message originator can generate a random session key and then use the RSA algorithm to encrypt that key with the public key of the intended recipient. 2. (O) "The procedure to send a symmetric key from one party to other parties. As a result, all legitimate participants share a common symmetric key in such a way that the symmetric key is determined entirely by one party." [A9042] $ key update 1. (I) Derive a new key from an existing key. (Compare: rekey.) 2. (O) Irreversible cryptographic process that modifies a key to produce a new key. [C4009] $ key validation 1. (I) "The procedure for the receiver of a public key to check that the key conforms to the arithmetic requirements for such a key in order to thwart certain types of attacks." [A9042] (See: weak key) 2. (D) Synonym for "certificate validation". Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the term as a synonym for "certificate validation"; that would unnecessarily duplicate the meaning of the latter term and mix concepts in a potentially misleading way. In validating an X.509 public-key certificate, the public key contained in the certificate is normally treated as an opaque data object. $ keyed hash (I) A cryptographic hash (e.g., [R1828]) in which the mapping to a hash result is varied by a second input parameter that is a cryptographic key. (See: checksum.) Tutorial: If the input data object is changed, a new, corresponding hash result cannot be correctly computed without knowledge of the secret key. Thus, the secret key protects the hash result so it can be used as a checksum even when there is a threat of an active attack on the data. There are two basic types of keyed hash: - A function based on a keyed encryption algorithm. Example: Data Authentication Code. - A function based on a keyless hash that is enhanced by combining (e.g., by concatenating) the input data object parameter with a key parameter before mapping to the hash Shirey Informational [Page 163] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 result. Example: HMAC. $ keying material 1. (I) Data that is needed to establish and maintain a cryptographic security association, such as keys, key pairs, and IVs. 2. (O) "Key, code, or authentication information in physical or magnetic form." [C4009] (Compare: COMSEC material.) $ keying material identifier (KMID) 1. (I) An identifier assigned to an item of keying material. 2. (O) /MISSI/ A 64-bit identifier that is assigned to a key pair when the public key is bound in a MISSI X.509 public-key certificate. $ Khafre (N) A patented, symmetric block cipher designed by Ralph C. Merkle as a plug-in replacement for DES. [Schn] Tutorial: Khafre was designed for efficient encryption of small amounts of data. However, because Khafre does not precompute tables used for encryption, it is slower than Khufu for large amounts of data. $ Khufu (N) A patented, symmetric block cipher designed by Ralph C. Merkle as a plug-in replacement for DES. [Schn] Tutorial: Khufu was designed for fast encryption of large amounts of data. However, because Khufu precomputes tables used in encryption, it is less efficient that Khafre for small amounts of data. $ KLIF (N) See: key loading and initialization facility. $ KMID (I) See: keying material identifier. $ known-plaintext attack (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to determine the key from knowledge of some plaintext-ciphertext pairs (although the analyst may also have other clues, such as knowing the cryptographic algorithm). $ kracker (O) Old spelling for "cracker". $ KSOS, KSOS-6, KSOS-11 (O) See: Kernelized Secure Operating System. Shirey Informational [Page 164] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ L2F (N) See: Layer 2 Forwarding Protocol. $ L2TP (N) See: Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol. $ label See: time stamp, security label. $ laboratory attack (O) "Use of sophisticated signal recovery equipment in a laboratory environment to recover information from data storage media." [C4009] $ LAN (I) local area network. $ land attack (I) A denial-of-service attack that sends an IP packet that (a) has the same address in both the Source Address and Destination Address fields and (b) contains a TCP SYN packet that has the same port number in both the Source Port and Destination Port fields. Derivation: This single-packet attack was named for "land", the program originally published by the cracker who invented this exploit. Perhaps that name was chosen because the inventor thought of multi-packet (i.e., flooding) attacks as arriving by "sea". $ Language of Temporal Ordering Specification (LOTOS) (N) A language (ISO 8807-1990) for formal specification of computer network protocols; describes the order in which events occur. $ lattice (I) A finite set together with a partial ordering on its elements such that for every pair of elements there is a least upper bound and a greatest lower bound. Example: A lattice is formed by a finite set S of security levels -- i.e., a set S of all ordered pairs (x,c), where x is one of a finite set X of hierarchically ordered classification levels X(1), non-hierarchical categories C(1), ..., C(M) -- together with the "dominate" relation. Security level (x,c) is said to "dominate" (x',c') if and only if (a) x is greater (higher) than or equal to x' and (b) c includes at least all of the elements of c'. (See: dominate, lattice model.) $ lattice model 1. (I) A description of the semantic structure formed by a finite set of security levels, such as those used in military organizations. (See: dominate, lattice, security model.) Shirey Informational [Page 165] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 2. (I) /formal model/ A model for flow control in a system, based on the lattice that is formed by the finite security levels in a system and their partial ordering. [Denn] $ Law Enforcement Access Field (LEAF) (N) A data item that is automatically embedded in data encrypted by devices (e.g., CLIPPER chip) that implement the Escrowed Encryption Standard. $ Layer 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (N) See: OSIRM. $ Layer 2 Forwarding Protocol (L2F) (N) An Internet protocol (originally developed by Cisco Corporation) that uses tunneling of PPP over IP to create a virtual extension of a dial-up link across a network, initiated by the dial-up server and transparent to the dial-up user. (See: L2TP.) $ Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) (N) An Internet client-server protocol that combines aspects of PPTP and L2F and supports tunneling of PPP over an IP network or over frame relay or other switched network. (See: virtual private network.) Tutorial: PPP can in turn encapsulate any OSIRM Layer 3 protocol. Thus, L2TP does not specify security services; it depends on protocols layered above and below it to provide any needed security. $ LDAP (I) See: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. $ least common mechanism (I) The principle that a security architecture should minimize reliance on mechanisms that are shared by many users. Tutorial: Shared mechanisms may include cross-talk paths that permit a breach of data security, and it is difficult to make a single mechanism operate in a correct and trusted manner to the satisfaction of a wide range of users. $ least privilege (I) The principle that a security architecture should be designed so that each system entity is granted the minimum system resources and authorizations that the entity needs to do its work. (Compare: economy of mechanism, least trust.) Tutorial: This principle tends to limit damage that can be caused by an accident, error, or unauthorized act. This principle also tends to reduce complexity and promote modularity, which can make Shirey Informational [Page 166] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 certification easier and more effective. This principle is similar to the principle of protocol layering, wherein each layer provides specific, limited communication services, and the functions in one layer are independent of those in other layers. $ least trust (I) The principle that a security architecture should be designed in a way that minimizes (a) the number of components that require trust and (b) the extent to which each component is trusted. (Compare: least privilege, trust level.) $ legacy system (I) A system that is in operation but will not be improved or expanded while a new system is being developed to supersede it. $ legal non-repudiation (I) See: secondary definition under "non-repudiation". $ leap of faith 1. (I) /general security/ Operating a system as though it began operation in a secure state, even though it cannot be proven that such a state was established (i.e., even though a security compromise might have occurred at or before the time when operation began). 2. (I) /COMSEC/ The initial part, i.e., the first communication step or steps, of a protocol that is vulnerable to attack (especially a man-in-the-middle attack) during that part but, if that part is completed without being attacked, is subsequently not vulnerable in later steps (i.e., results in a secure communication association for which no man-in-the-middle attack is possible). Usage: This term is listed in English dictionaries, but their definitions are broad and can be interpreted in many ways in Internet contexts. Similarly, the definition stated here can be interpreted in several ways. Therefore, ISDs that use this term (especially ISDs that are protocol specifications) SHOULD state a more specific definition for it. Tutorial: In a protocol, a leap of faith typically consists of accepting a claim of peer identity, data origin, or data integrity without authenticating that claim. When a protocol includes such a step, the protocol might also be designed so that if a man-in-the- middle attack succeeds during the vulnerable first part, then the attacker must remain in the middle for all subsequent exchanges or else one of the legitimate parties will be able to detect the attack. $ level of concern (N) /U.S. DoD/ A rating assigned to an information system that indicates the extent to which protective measures, techniques, and procedures must be applied. (See: critical, sensitive, level of Shirey Informational [Page 167] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 robustness.) $ level of robustness (N) /U.S. DoD/ A characterization of (a) the strength of a security function, mechanism, service, or solution and (b) the assurance (or confidence) that it is implemented and functioning. [Cons, IATF] (See: level of concern.) $ Liberty Alliance (O) An international consortium of more than 150 commercial, nonprofit, and government organizations that was created in 2001 to address technical, business, and policy problems of identity and identity-based Web services and develop a standard for federated network identity that supports current and emerging network devices. $ Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) (I) An Internet client-server protocol (RFC 3377) that supports basic use of the X.500 Directory (or other directory servers) without incurring the resource requirements of the full Directory Access Protocol (DAP). Tutorial: Designed for simple management and browser applications that provide simple read/write interactive directory service. Supports both simple authentication and strong authentication of the client to the directory server. $ link 1a. (I) A communication facility or physical medium that can sustain data communications between multiple network nodes, in the protocol layer immediately below IP. (RFC 3753) 1b. (I) /subnetwork/ A communication channel connecting subnetwork relays (especially one between two packet switches) that is implemented at OSIRM Layer 2. (See: link encryption.) Tutorial: The relay computers assume that links are logically passive. If a computer at one end of a link sends a sequence of bits, the sequence simply arrives at the other end after a finite time, although some bits may have been changed either accidentally (errors) or by active wiretapping. 2. (I) /World Wide Web/ See: hyperlink. $ link encryption (I) Stepwise (link-by-link) protection of data that flows between two points in a network, provided by encrypting data separately on each network link, i.e., by encrypting data when it leaves a host or subnetwork relay and decrypting when it arrives at the next host or relay. Each link may use a different key or even a different algorithm. [R1455] (Compare: end-to-end encryption.) Shirey Informational [Page 168] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ liveness (I) A property of a communication association or a feature of a communication protocol that provides assurance to the recipient of data that the data is being freshly transmitted by its originator, i.e., that the data is not being replayed, by either the originator or a third party, from a previous transmission. (See: fresh, nonce, replay attack.) $ logic bomb (I) Malicious logic that activates when specified conditions are met. Usually intended to cause denial of service or otherwise damage system resources. (See: Trojan horse, virus, worm.) $ login (I) 1a. An act by which a system entity establishes a session in which the entity can use system resources. (See: principal, session.) (I) 1b. An act by which a system user has its identity authenticated by the system. (See: principal, session.) Usage: Usually understood to be accomplished by providing an identifier and matching authentication information (e.g., a password) to a security mechanism that authenticates the user's identity; but sometimes refers to establishing a connection with a server when no authentication or specific authorization is involved. Derivation: Refers to "log" file", a security audit trail that records (a) security events, such as the beginning of a session, and (b) the names of the system entities that initiate events. $ long title (O) /U.S. Government/ "Descriptive title of [an item of COMSEC material]." [C4009] (Compare: short title.) $ low probability of detection (I) Result of TRANSEC measures used to hide or disguise a communication. $ low probability of intercept (I) Result of TRANSEC measures used to prevent interception of a communication. $ LOTOS (N) See: Language of Temporal Ordering Specification. $ MAC (N) See: mandatory access control, Message Authentication Code. Deprecated Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because this abbreviation is ambiguous. Shirey Informational [Page 169] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ magnetic remanence (N) Magnetic representation of residual information remaining on a magnetic medium after the medium has been cleared. [NCS25] (See: clear, degauss, purge.) $ main mode (I) See: /IKE/ under "mode". $ maintenance hook (N) "Special instructions (trapdoors) in software allowing easy maintenance and additional feature development. Since maintenance hooks frequently allow entry into the code without the usual checks, they are a serious security risk if they are not removed prior to live implementation." [C4009] (See: back door.) $ malicious logic (I) Hardware, firmware, or software that is intentionally included or inserted in a system for a harmful purpose. (See: logic bomb, Trojan horse, spyware, virus, worm. Compare: secondary definitions under "corruption", "incapacitation", "masquerade", and "misuse".) $ malware (D) A contraction of "malicious software". (See: malicious logic.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it is not listed in most dictionaries and could confuse international readers. $ MAN (I) metropolitan area network. $ man-in-the-middle attack (I) A form of active wiretapping attack in which the attacker intercepts and selectively modifies communicated data in order to masquerade as one or more of the entities involved in a communication association. (See: hijack attack, piggyback attack.) Tutorial: For example, suppose Alice and Bob try to establish a session key by using the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm without data origin authentication service. A "man in the middle" could (a) block direct communication between Alice and Bob and then (b) masquerade as Alice sending data to Bob, (c) masquerade as Bob sending data to Alice, (d) establish separate session keys with each of them, and (e) function as a clandestine proxy server between them in order to capture or modify sensitive information that Alice and Bob think they are sending only to each other. $ manager (I) A person who controls the service configuration of a system or the functional privileges of operators and other users. Shirey Informational [Page 170] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ mandatory access control 1. (I) An access control service that enforces a security policy based on comparing (a) security labels, which indicate how sensitive or critical system resources are, with (b) security clearances, which indicate that system entities are eligible to access certain resources. (See: discretionary access control, MAC, rule-based security policy.) Derivation: This kind of access control is called "mandatory" because an entity that has clearance to access a resource is not permitted, just by its own volition, to enable another entity to access that resource. 2. (O) "A means of restricting access to objects based on the sensitivity (as represented by a label) of the information contained in the objects and the formal authorization (i.e., clearance) of subjects to access information of such sensitivity." [DoD1] $ manipulation detection code (D) Synonym for "checksum". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "checksum"; the word "manipulation" implies protection against active attacks, which an ordinary checksum might not provide. Instead, if such protection is intended, use "protected checksum" or some particular type thereof, depending on which is meant. If such protection is not intended, use "error detection code" or some specific type of checksum that is not protected. $ marking See: time stamp, security marking. $ MARS (O) A symmetric, 128-bit block cipher with variable key length (128 to 448 bits), developed by IBM as a candidate for the AES. $ Martian (D) /slang/ A packet that arrives unexpectedly at the wrong address or on the wrong network because of incorrect routing or because it has a non-registered or ill-formed IP address. [R1208] Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ masquerade (I) A type of threat action whereby an unauthorized entity gains access to a system or performs a malicious act by illegitimately posing as an authorized entity. (See: deception.) Shirey Informational [Page 171] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Spoof": Attempt by an unauthorized entity to gain access to a system by posing as an authorized user. - "Malicious logic": In context of masquerade, any hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., Trojan horse) that appears to perform a useful or desirable function, but actually gains unauthorized access to system resources or tricks a user into executing other malicious logic. (See: corruption, incapacitation, main entry for "malicious logic", misuse.) $ MCA (O) See: merchant certification authority. $ MD2 (N) A cryptographic hash [R1319] that produces a 128-bit hash result, was designed by Ron Rivest, and is similar to MD4 and MD5 but slower. Derivation: Apparently an abbreviation of "message digest", but that term is deprecated by this Glossary. $ MD4 (N) A cryptographic hash [R1320] that produces a 128-bit hash result and was designed by Ron Rivest. (See: Derivation under "MD2", SHA-1.) $ MD5 (N) A cryptographic hash [R1321] that produces a 128-bit hash result and was designed by Ron Rivest to be an improved version of MD4. (See: Derivation under "MD2".) $ merchant (O) /SET/ "A seller of goods, services, and/or other information who accepts payment for these items electronically." [SET2] A merchant may also provide electronic selling services and/or electronic delivery of items for sale. With SET, the merchant can offer its cardholders secure electronic interactions, but a merchant that accepts payment cards is required to have a relationship with an acquirer. [SET1, SET2] $ merchant certificate (O) /SET/ A public-key certificate issued to a merchant. Sometimes used to refer to a pair of such certificates where one is for digital signature use and the other is for encryption. $ merchant certification authority (MCA) (O) /SET/ A CA that issues digital certificates to merchants and is operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an acquirer, or another party according to brand rules. Acquirers verify and approve requests for merchant certificates prior to issuance by the MCA. An MCA does not issue a CRL, but does distribute CRLs issued by root CAs, brand CAs, geopolitical CAs, and payment Shirey Informational [Page 172] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 gateway CAs. [SET2] $ mesh PKI (I) A non-hierarchical PKI architecture in which there are several trusted CAs rather than a single root. Each certificate user bases path validations on the public key of one of the trusted CAs, usually the one that issued that user's own public-key certificate. Rather than having superior-to-subordinate relationships between CAs, the relationships are peer-to-peer, and CAs issue cross-certificates to each other. (Compare: hierarchical PKI, trust-file PKI.) $ Message Authentication Code (MAC), message authentication code 1. (N) /capitalized/ A specific ANSI standard for a checksum that is computed with a keyed hash that is based on DES. [A9009] Usage: a.k.a. Data Authentication Code, which is a U.S. Government standard. [FP113] (See: MAC.) 2. (D) /not capitalized/ Synonym for "error detection code". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the uncapitalized form "message authentication code". Instead, use "checksum", "error detection code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication Code", or "protected checksum", depending on what is meant. (See: authentication code.) The uncapitalized form mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. The word "message" is misleading because it implies that the mechanism is particularly suitable for or limited to electronic mail (see: Message Handling Systems). The word "authentication" is misleading because the mechanism primarily serves a data integrity function rather than an authentication function. The word "code" is misleading because it implies that either encoding or encryption is involved or that the term refers to computer software. $ message digest (D) Synonym for "hash result". (See: cryptographic hash.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "hash result"; this term unnecessarily duplicates the meaning of the other, more general term and mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. The word "message" is misleading because it implies that the mechanism is particularly suitable for or limited to electronic mail (see: Message Handling Systems). $ message handling system (D) Synonym for the Internet electronic mail system. Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term, because it could be confused with Message Handling System. Instead, use "Internet electronic mail" or some other, more specific term. Shirey Informational [Page 173] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Message Handling System (O) A ITU-T system concept that encompasses the notion of electronic mail but defines more comprehensive OSI systems and services that enable users to exchange messages on a store-and- forward basis. (The ISO equivalent is "Message Oriented Text Interchange System".) (See: X.400.) $ message indicator 1. (D) /cryptographic function/ Synonym for "initialization value". 2. (D) "Sequence of bits transmitted over a communications system for synchronizing cryptographic equipment." [C4009] Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "initialization value"; the term mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. The word "message" is misleading because it suggests that the mechanism is limited to electronic mail. (See: Message Handling System.) $ message integrity check $ message integrity code (MIC) (D) Synonyms for some form of "checksum". Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use these terms for any form of checksum. Instead, use "checksum", "error detection code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication Code", or "protected checksum", depending on what is meant. These two terms mix concepts in potentially misleading ways. The word "message" is misleading because it suggests that the mechanism is particularly suitable for or limited to electronic mail. The word "integrity" is misleading because the checksum may be used to perform a data origin authentication function rather than an integrity function. The word "code" is misleading because it suggests either that either encoding or encryption is involved or that the term refers to computer software. $ Message Security Protocol (MSP) (N) A secure message handling protocol [SDNS7] for use with X.400 and Internet mail protocols. Developed by NSA's SDNS program and used in the U.S. DoD's Defense Message System. $ meta-data (I) Descriptive information about a data object; i.e., data about data, or data labels that describe other data. (See: security label. Compare: metadata) Tutorial: Meta-data can serve various management purposes: - System management: File name, type, size, creation date. - Application management: Document title, version, author. Shirey Informational [Page 174] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 - Usage management: Data categories, keywords, classifications. Meta-data can be associated with a data object in two basic ways: - Explicitly: Be part of the data object (e.g., a header field of a data file or packet) or be linked to the object. - Implicitly: Be associated with the data object because of some other, explicit attribute of the object. $ metadata, Metadata(trademark), METADATA(trademark) (D) Proprietary variants of "meta-data". (See: SPAM(trademark).) Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use these unhypenated forms; ISDs SHOULD use only the uncapitalized, hyphenated "meta-data". The terms "Metadata" and "METADATA" are claimed as registered trademarks (numbers 1,409,260 and 2,185,504) owned by The Metadata Company, originally known as Metadata Information Partners, a company founded by Jack Myers. The status of "metadata" is unclear. $ MHS (N) See: message handling system. $ MIC (D) See: message integrity code. $ MIME (I) See: Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions. $ MIME Object Security Services (MOSS) (I) An Internet protocol [R1848] that applies end-to-end encryption and digital signature to MIME message content, using symmetric cryptography for encryption and asymmetric cryptography for key distribution and signature. MOSS is based on features and specifications of PEM. (See: S/MIME.) $ Minimum Interoperability Specification for PKI Components (MISPC) (N) A technical description to provide a basis for interoperation between PKI components from different vendors; consists primarily of a profile of certificate and CRL extensions and a set of transactions for PKI operation. [SP15] $ misappropriation (I) A type of threat action whereby an entity assumes unauthorized logical or physical control of a system resource. (See: usurpation.) Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - Theft of data: Unauthorized acquisition and use of data contained in a system. - Theft of service: Unauthorized use of a system service. - Theft of functionality: Unauthorized acquisition of actual hardware, firmware, or software of a system component. Shirey Informational [Page 175] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ MISPC (N) See: Minimum Interoperability Specification for PKI Components. $ MISSI (O) Multilevel Information System Security Initiative, an NSA program to encourage development of interoperable, modular products for constructing secure network information systems in support of a wide variety of Government missions. (See: MSP, SP3, SP4.) $ MISSI user (O) /MISSI/ A system entity that is the subject of one or more MISSI X.509 public-key certificates issued under a MISSI certification hierarchy. (See: personality.) Tutorial: MISSI users include both end users and the authorities that issue certificates. A MISSI user is usually a person but may be a machine or other automated process. Machines that are required to operate non-stop may be issued their own certificates to avoid downtime needed to exchange the FORTEZZA cards of machine operators at shift changes. $ mission (I) A statement of a (relatively long-term) duty or (relatively short-term) task that is assigned to an organization or system, indicates the purpose and objectives of the duty or task, and may indicate the actions to be taken to achieve it. $ mission critical (I) A condition of a system service or other system resource such that denial of access to, or lack of availability of, the resource would jeopardize a system user's ability to perform a primary mission function or would result in other serious consequences. (See: Critical. Compare: mission essential.) $ mission essential (O) /U.S. DoD/ Refers to materiel that is authorized and available to combat, combat support, combat service support, and combat readiness training forces to accomplish their assigned missions. [JCSP1] (Compare: mission critical.) $ misuse 1. (I) The intentional use (by authorized users) of system resources for other than authorized purposes. Example: An authorized system administrator creates an unauthorized account for a friend. 2. (I) A type of threat action that causes a system component to perform a function or service that is detrimental to system security. (See: usurpation.) Shirey Informational [Page 176] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Usage: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Tampering": /misuse/ Deliberately altering a system's logic, data, or control information to cause the system to perform unauthorized functions or services. (See: corruption, main entry for "tampering".) - "Malicious logic": /misuse/ Any hardware, firmware, or software intentionally introduced into a system to perform or control execution of an unauthorized function or service. (See: corruption, incapacitation, main entry for "malicious logic", masquerade.) - "Violation of authorizations": Action by an entity that exceeds the entity's system privileges by executing an unauthorized function. (See: authorization.) $ misuse detection (I) An intrusion detection method that is based on rules that specify system events, sequences of events, or observable properties of a system that are believed to be symptomatic of security incidents. (See: IDS. Compare: anomaly detection.) $ MLS (I) See: multilevel secure $ mobile code 1a. (I) Software that originates from a remote server, is transmitted across a network, and is loaded onto and executed on a local client system without explicit initiation by the client's user and, in some cases, without that user's knowledge. (Compare: active content.) Tutorial: One form of mobile code is active content in a file that is transferred across a network. 1b. (O) /U.S. DoD/ "Software obtained from remote systems outside the enclave boundary, transferred across a network, and then downloaded and executed on a local system without explicit installation or execution by the recipient." 2a. (O) /U.S. DoD/ "Technology that enables the creation of executable information that can be delivered to an information system and directly executed on any hardware/software architecture that has an appropriate host execution environment." 2b. (O) "Programs (e.g., script, macro, or other portable instruction) that can be shipped unchanged to a heterogeneous collection of platforms and executed with identical semantics" [SP-28]. (See: active content.) Tutorial: Mobile code might be malicious. Using techniques such as "code signing" and a "sandbox" can reduce the risks of receiving and executing mobile code. Shirey Informational [Page 177] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ mode $ mode of operation 1. (I) /cryptographic operation/ A technique for enhancing the effect of a cryptographic algorithm or adapting the algorithm for an application, such as applying a block cipher to a sequence of data blocks or a data stream. (See: CBC, CCM, CMAC, CFB, CTR, ECB, OFB.) 2. (I) /system operation/ A type of security policy that states the range of classification levels of information that a system is permitted to handle and the range of clearances and authorizations of users who are permitted to access the system. (See: compartmented security mode, controlled security mode, dedicated security mode, multilevel security mode, partitioned security mode, system-high security mode. Compare: protection level.) 3. (I) /IKE/ IKE refers to its various types of ISAKMP-scripted exchanges of messages as "modes". Among these are the following: - "Main mode": One of IKE's two phase 1 modes. (See: ISAKMP.) - "Quick mode": IKE's only phase 2 mode. (See: ISAKMP.) $ modulus (I) The defining constant in modular arithmetic, and usually a part of the public key in asymmetric cryptography that is based on modular arithmetic. (See: Diffie-Hellman-Merkle, RSA.) $ Mondex (O) A smartcard-based electronic money system that incorporates cryptography and can be used to make payments via the Internet. (See: IOTP.) $ Morris Worm (I) A worm program that flooded the ARPANET in November, 1988, causing problems for thousands of hosts. [R1135] (See: community risk, worm) $ MOSS (I) See: MIME Object Security Services. $ MQV (N) A key-agreement protocol [Mene] that was proposed by A.J. Menezes, M. Qu, and S.A. Vanstone in 1995 and is based on the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm. $ MSP (N) See: Message Security Protocol. $ multicast security See: secure multicast Shirey Informational [Page 178] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ Multics (N) MULTiplexed Information and Computing Service, an MLS computer timesharing system designed and implemented during 1965-69 by a consortium including Massachusetts Institute of Technology, General Electric, and Bell Laboratories, and later offered commercially by Honeywell. Tutorial: Multics was one of the first large, general-purpose, operating systems to include security as a primary goal from the inception of the design and development and was rated in TCSEC Class B2. Its many innovative hardware and software security mechanisms (e.g., protection ring) were adopted by later systems. $ multilevel secure (MLS) (I) Describes an information system that is trusted to contain, and maintain separation between, resources (particularly stored data) of different security levels. (Examples: BLACKER, CANEWARE, KSOS, Multics, SCOMP.) Usage: Usually understood to mean that the system permits concurrent access by users who differ in their access authorizations, while denying users access to resources for which they lack authorization. $ multilevel security mode 1. (N) A mode of system operation wherein (a) two or more security levels of information are allowed to be to be handled concurrently within the same system when some users having access to the system have neither a security clearance nor need-to-know for some of the data handled by the system and (b) separation of the users and the classified material on the basis, respectively, of clearance and classification level are dependent on operating system control. (See: /system operation/ under "mode", need to know, protection level, security clearance. Compare: controlled mode.) Usage: Usually abbreviated as "multilevel mode". This term was defined in Government policy regarding system accreditation, but the term is also used outside the Government. 2. (O) A mode of system operation in which all three of the following statements are true: (a) Some authorized users do not have a security clearance for all the information handled in the system. (b) All authorized users have the proper security clearance and appropriate specific access approval for the information to which they have access. (c) All authorized users have a need-to-know only for information to which they have access. [C4009] (See: formal access approval, protection level.) $ Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) (I) An Internet protocol (RFC 2045) that enhances the basic format of Internet electronic mail messages (RFC 822) (a) to enable character sets other than U.S. ASCII to be used for textual Shirey Informational [Page 179] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 headers and content and (b) to carry non-textual and multi-part content. (See: S/MIME.) $ mutual suspicion (I) The state that exists between two interacting system entities in which neither entity can trust the other to function correctly with regard to some security requirement. $ name (I) Synonym for "identifier". $ naming authority (O) /U.S. DoD/ An organizational entity responsible for assigning DNs and for assuring that each DN is meaningful and unique within its domain. [DoD9] $ National Computer Security Center (NCSC) (O) A U.S. DoD organization, housed in NSA, that has responsibility for encouraging widespread availability of trusted systems throughout the Federal Government. It has established criteria for, and performed evaluations of, computer and network systems that have a TCB. (See: Evaluated Products List, Rainbow Series, TCSEC.) $ National Information Assurance Partnership (NIAP) (N) An joint initiative of NIST and NSA to enhance the quality of commercial products for information security and increase consumer confidence in those products through objective evaluation and testing methods. Tutorial: NIAP is registered, through the U.S. DoD, as a National Performance Review Reinvention Laboratory. NIAP functions include the following: - Developing tests, test methods, and other tools that developers and testing laboratories may use to improve and evaluate security products. - Collaborating with industry and others on research and testing programs. - Using the Common Criteria to develop protection profiles and associated test sets for security products and systems. - Cooperating with the NIST National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program to develop a program to accredit private- sector laboratories for the testing of information security products using the Common Criteria. - Working to establish a formal, international mutual recognition scheme for a Common Criteria-based evaluation. $ National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) (N) A U.S. Department of Commerce organization that promotes U.S. economic growth by working with industry to develop and apply technology, measurements, and standards. Has primary Government responsibility for INFOSEC standards for sensitive unclassified Shirey Informational [Page 180] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 information. (See: ANSI, DES, DSA, DSS, FIPS, NIAP, NSA.) $ National Reliability and Interoperability Council (NRIC) (N) An advisory committee chartered by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC), with participation by network service providers and vendors, to provide recommendations to the FCC for assuring reliability, interoperability, robustness, and security of wireless, wireline, satellite, cable, and public data communication networks. $ national security (O) /U.S. Government/ The national defense or foreign relations of the United States of America. $ National Security Agency (NSA) (N) A U.S. DoD organization that has primary Government responsibility for INFOSEC standards for classified information and for sensitive unclassified information handled by national security systems. (See: FORTEZZA, KEA, MISSI, national security system, NIAP, NIST, SKIPJACK.) $ national security information (O) /U.S. Government/ Information that has been determined, pursuant to Executive Order 12958 or any predecessor order, to require protection against unauthorized disclosure. [C4009] $ national security system (O) /U.S. Government/ Any Government-operated information system for which the function, operation, or use (a) involves intelligence activities; (b) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (c) involves command and control of military forces; (d) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapon system; or (e) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions and does not include a system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). [Title 40 U.S.C. Section 1552, Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996.] (See: type 2 product.) $ natural disaster (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "corruption" and "incapacitation". $ NCSC (O) See: National Computer Security Center. $ need to know, need-to-know (I) The necessity for access to, knowledge of, or possession of specific information required to carry out official duties. Usage: The compound "need-to-know" is used as both an adjective Shirey Informational [Page 181] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 and a noun. Tutorial: The need-to-know criterion is used in security procedures that require a custodian of sensitive information, prior to disclosing the information to someone else, to establish that the intended recipient has proper authorization to access the information. $ network (I) An information system comprised of a collection of interconnected nodes. (See: computer network.) $ Network Hardware Layer (I) See: Internet Protocol Suite. $ Network Interface Layer (I) See: Internet Protocol Suite. $ Network Layer Security Protocol (NLSP). (N) An OSI protocol (IS0 11577) for end-to-end encryption services at the top of OSIRM Layer 3. NLSP is derived from SP3 but is more complex. (Compare: IPsec.) $ Network Substrate Layer (I) Synonym for "Network Hardware Layer". $ network weaving (I) A penetration technique in which an intruder avoids detection and traceback by using multiple linked communication networks to access and attack a system. [C4009] $ NIAP (N) See: National Information Assurance Partnership. $ nibble (D) Half of a byte (i.e., usually, 4 bits). Deprecated Term: To avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; instead, state the size of the block explicitly (e.g., "4-bit block"). (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ NIPRNET (O) The U.S. DoD's common-use Non-Classified Internet Protocol Router Network; the part of the Internet that is wholly controlled by the U.S. DoD and is used for official DoD business. $ NIST (N) See: National Institute of Standards and Technology. $ NLSP (N) See: Network Layer Security Protocol Shirey Informational [Page 182] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ no-lone zone (I) A room or other space or area to which no person may have unaccompanied access and that, when occupied, is required to be occupied by two or more appropriately authorized persons. [C4009] (See: dual control.) $ no-PIN ORA (NORA) (O) /MISSI/ An organizational RA that operates in a mode in which the ORA performs no card management functions and, therefore, does not require knowledge of either the SSO PIN or user PIN for an end user's FORTEZZA PC card. $ node (I) A collection of related subsystems located on one or more computer platforms at a single system site. $ nonce (I) A random or non-repeating value that is included in data exchanged by a protocol, usually for the purpose of guaranteeing liveness and thus detecting and protecting against replay attacks. (See: fresh.) $ non-critical See: critical. $ non-repudiation service 1. (I) A security service that provide protection against false denial of involvement in an association (especially a communication association that transfers data). (See: repudiation, time stamp.) Tutorial: Two separate types of denial are possible -- an entity can deny that it sent a data object, or it can deny that it received a data object -- and, therefore, two separate types of non-repudiation service are possible. (See: non-repudiation with proof of origin, non-repudiation with proof of receipt.) 2. (D) "Assurance [that] the sender of data is provided with proof of delivery and the recipient is provided with proof of the sender's identity, so neither can later deny having processed the data." [C4009] Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use definition 2 because it bundles two security services -- non-repudiation with proof of origin, and non-repudiation with proof of receipt -- that can be provided independently of each other. Usage: ISDs SHOULD distinguish between the technical aspects and the legal aspects of a non-repudiation service: - "Technical non-repudiation": Refers to the assurance a relying party has that if a public key is used to validate a digital Shirey Informational [Page 183] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 signature, then that signature had to have been made by the corresponding private signature key. [SP32] - "Legal non-repudiation": Refers to how well possession or control of the private signature key can be established. [SP32] Tutorial: Non-repudiation service does not prevent an entity from repudiating a communication. Instead, the service provides evidence that can be stored and later presented to a third party to resolve disputes that arise if and when a communication is repudiated by one of the entities involved. Ford describes the six phases of a complete non-repudiation service and uses "critical action" to refer to the act of communication that is the subject of the service [For94, For97]: -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- . -------- Phase 1: Phase 2: Phase 3: Phase 4: Phase 5: . Phase 6: Request Generate Transfer Verify Retain . Resolve Service Evidence Evidence Evidence Evidence . Dispute -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- . -------- Service Critical Evidence Evidence Archive . Evidence Request => Action => Stored => Is => Evidence . Is Is Made Occurs For Later Tested In Case . Verified and Use | ^ Critical . ^ Evidence v | Action Is . | Is +-------------------+ Repudiated . | Generated |Verifiable Evidence|------> ... . ----+ +-------------------+ Phase / Explanation ------------------- 1. Request service: Before the critical action, the service requester asks, either implicitly or explicitly, to have evidence of the action be generated. 2. Generate evidence: When the critical action occurs, evidence is generated by a process involving the potential repudiator and possibly also a trusted third party. 3. Transfer evidence: The evidence is transferred to the requester or stored by a third party, for later use (if needed.) 4. Verify evidence: The entity that holds the evidence tests it to be sure that it will suffice if a dispute arises. 5. Retain evidence: The evidence is retained for possible future retrieval and use. 6. Resolve dispute: In this phase, which occurs only if the critical action is repudiated, the evidence is retrieved from storage, presented, and verified to resolve the dispute. $ non-repudiation with proof of origin (I) A security service that provides the recipient of data with evidence that proves the origin of the data, and thus protects the recipient against an attempt by the originator to falsely deny Shirey Informational [Page 184] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 sending the data. (See: non-repudiation service.) Tutorial: This service is a strong version of data origin authentication service. This service can not only verify the identity of a system entity that is the original source of received data; it can also provide proof of that identity to a third party. $ non-repudiation with proof of receipt (I) A security service that provides the originator of data with evidence that proves the data was received as addressed, and thus protects the originator against an attempt by the recipient to falsely deny receiving the data. (See: non-repudiation service.) $ non-volatile media (I) Storage media that, once written into, provide stable storage of information without an external power supply. (Compare: permanent storage, volatile media.) $ NORA (O) See: no-PIN ORA. $ notarization (I) Registration of data under the authority or in the care of a trusted third party, thus making it possible to provide subsequent assurance of the accuracy of characteristics claimed for the data, such as content, origin, time of existence, and delivery. [I7498- 2] (See: digital notary.) $ NRIC (N) See: Network Reliability and Interoperability Council. $ NSA (N) See: National Security Agency $ null (N) /encryption/ "Dummy letter, letter symbol, or code group inserted into an encrypted message to delay or prevent its decryption or to complete encrypted groups for transmission or transmission security purposes." [C4009] $ NULL encryption algorithm (I) An algorithm [R2410] that is specified as doing nothing to transform plaintext data; i.e., a no-op. It originated because ESP always specifies the use of an encryption algorithm for confidentiality. The NULL encryption algorithm is a convenient way to represent the option of not applying encryption in ESP (or in any other context where a no-op is needed). (Compare: null.) $ OAKLEY (I) A key establishment protocol (proposed for IPsec but superseded by IKE) based on the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm Shirey Informational [Page 185] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 and designed to be a compatible component of ISAKMP. [R2412] Tutorial: OAKLEY establishes a shared key with an assigned identifier and associated authenticated identities for parties; i.e., OAKLEY provides authentication service to ensure the entities of each other's identity, even if the Diffie-Hellman- Merkle exchange is threatened by active wiretapping. Also, it provides public-key forward secrecy for the shared key and supports key updates, incorporation of keys distributed by out-of- band mechanisms, and user-defined abstract group structures for use with Diffie-Hellman-Merkle. $ object (I) /formal model/ Trusted-system modeling usage: A system component that contains or receives information. (See: Bell- LaPadula model, trusted system.) $ object identifier (OID) 1. (N) An official, globally unique name for a thing, written as a sequence of integers (which are formed and assigned as defined in the ASN.1 standard) and used to reference the thing in abstract specifications and during negotiation of security services in a protocol. 2. (O) "A value (distinguishable from all other such values) which is associated with an object." [X680] Tutorial: Objects named by OIDs are leaves of the object identifier tree (which is similar to but different from the X.500 Directory Information Tree). Each arc (i.e., each branch of the tree) is labeled with a non-negative integer. An OID is the sequence of integers on the path leading from the root of the tree to a named object. The OID tree has three arcs immediately below the root: {0} for use by ITU-T, {1} for use by ISO, and {2} for use by both jointly. Below ITU-T are four arcs, where {0 0} is for ITU-T recommendations. Below {0 0} are 26 arcs, one for each series of recommendations starting with the letters A to Z, and below these are arcs for each recommendation. Thus, the OID for ITU-T Recommendation X.509 is {0 0 24 509}. Below ISO are four arcs, where {1 0 }is for ISO standards, and below these are arcs for each ISO standard. Thus, the OID for ISO/IEC 9594-8 (the ISO number for X.509) is {1 0 9594 8}. ANSI registers organization names below the branch {joint-iso- ccitt(2) country(16) US(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3)}. The NIST CSOR records PKI objects below the branch {joint-iso-itu- t(2) country(16) us(840) organization (1) gov(101) csor(3)}. The U.S. DoD registers INFOSEC objects below the branch {joint-iso- itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) dod(2) infosec(1)}. Shirey Informational [Page 186] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 The IETF's Public-Key Infrastructure (pkix) Working Group registers PKI objects below the branch {iso(1) identified- organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7)}. [R3280] $ object reuse (N) /COMPUSEC/ Reassignment and reuse of an area of a storage medium (e.g., random-access memory, floppy disk, magnetic tape) that once contained sensitive data objects. Before being reassigned for use by a new subject, the area needs to be erased or, in some cases, purged. [NCS04] $ obstruction (I) A type of threat action that interrupts delivery of system services by hindering system operations. (See: disruption.) Tutorial: This type of threat action includes the following subtypes: - "Interference": Disruption of system operations by blocking communication of user data or control information. (See: jamming.) - "Overload": Hindrance of system operation by placing excess burden on the performance capabilities of a system component. (See: flooding.) $ OCSP (I) See: On-line Certificate Status Protocol. $ octet (I) A data unit of eight bits. (Compare: byte.) Usage: This term is used in networking (especially in OSI standards) in preference to "byte", because some systems use "byte" for data storage units of a size other than eight bits. $ OFB (N) See: output feedback. $ off-line attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". $ ohnosecond (D) That minuscule fraction of time in which you realize that your private key has been compromised. Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it is a joke for English speakers. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ OID (N) See: object identifier. Shirey Informational [Page 187] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ On-line Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) (I) An Internet protocol [R2560] used by a client to obtain from a server the validity status and other information about a digital certificate. (Mentioned in [X509] but not specified there.) Tutorial: In some applications, such as those involving high-value commercial transactions, it may be necessary either (a) to obtain certificate revocation status that is more timely than is possible with CRLs or (b) to obtain other kinds of status information. OCSP may be used to determine the current revocation status of a digital certificate, in lieu of or as a supplement to checking against a periodic CRL. An OCSP client issues a status request to an OCSP server and suspends acceptance of the certificate in question until the server provides a response. $ one-time pad 1. (N) A manual encryption system in the form of a paper pad for one-time use. 2. (I) An encryption algorithm in which the key is a random sequence of symbols and each symbol is used for encryption only one time -- i.e., used to encrypt only one plaintext symbol and thus produce only one ciphertext symbol -- and a copy of the key is used similarly for decryption. Tutorial: To ensure one-time use, the copy of the key used for encryption is destroyed after use, as is the copy used for decryption. This is the only encryption algorithm that is truly unbreakable, even given unlimited resources for cryptanalysis [Schn], but key management costs and synchronization problems make it impractical except in special situations. $ one-time password, One-Time Password (OTP) 1. (I) /not capitalized/ A "one-time password" is a simple authentication technique in which each password is used only once as authentication information that verifies an identity. This technique counters the threat of a replay attack that uses passwords captured by wiretapping. 2. (I) /capitalized/ "One-Time Password" is an Internet protocol [R2289] that is based on S/KEY and uses a cryptographic hash function to generate one-time passwords for use as authentication information in system login and in other processes that need protection against replay attacks. $ one-way encryption (I) Irreversible transformation of plain text to cipher text, such that the plain text cannot be recovered from the cipher text by other than exhaustive procedures even if the cryptographic key is known. (See: brute force, encryption.) Shirey Informational [Page 188] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ one-way function (I) "A (mathematical) function, f, which is easy to compute, but which for a general value y in the range, it is computationally difficult to find a value x in the domain such that f(x) = y. There may be a few values of y for which finding x is not computationally difficult." [X509] Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "cryptographic hash". $ onion routing (I) A system that can be used to provide both (a) data confidentiality and (b) traffic-flow confidentiality for network packets, and also provide (c) anonymity for the source of the packets. Tutorial: The source, instead of sending a packet directly to the intended destination, sends it to an "onion routing proxy" that builds an anonymous connection through several other "onion routers" to the destination. The proxy defines a route through the "onion routing network" by encapsulating the original payload in a layered data packet called an "onion", in which each layer defines the next hop in the route and each layer is also encrypted. Along the route, each onion router that receives the onion peels off one layer; decrypts that layer and reads from it the address of the next onion router on the route; pads the remaining onion to some constant size; and sends the padded onion to that next router. $ open security environment (O) /U.S. DoD/ A system environment that meets at least one of the following two conditions: (a) Application developers (including maintainers) do not have sufficient clearance or authorization to provide an acceptable presumption that they have not introduced malicious logic. (b) Configuration control does not provide sufficient assurance that applications and the equipment are protected against the introduction of malicious logic prior to and during the operation of system applications. [NCS04] (See: "first law" under "Courtney's laws". Compare: closed security environment.) $ open storage (N) /U.S. Government/ "Storage of classified information within an accredited facility, but not in General Services Administration approved secure containers, while the facility is unoccupied by authorized personnel." [C4009] $ Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model (OSIRM) (N) A joint ISO/ITU-T standard [I7498-1] for a seven-layer, architectural communication framework for interconnection of computers in networks. (See: OSIRM Security Architecture. Compare: Internet Protocol Suite.) Shirey Informational [Page 189] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 Tutorial: OSIRM-based standards include communication protocols that are mostly incompatible with the IPS, but also include security models, such as X.509, that are used in the Internet. The OSIRM layers, from highest to lowest, are (7) Application, (6) Presentation, (5) Session, (4) Transport, (3) Network, (2) Data Link, and (1) Physical. Usage: This Glossary refers to OSIRM layers by number to avoid confusing them with IPS layers, which are referred to by name. Some unknown person described how the OSIRM layers correspond to the seven deadly sins: 7. Wrath: Application is always angry at the mess it sees below itself. (Hey! Who is it to be pointing fingers?) 6. Sloth: Presentation is too lazy to do anything productive by itself. 5. Lust: Session is always craving and demanding what truly belongs to Application's functionality. 4. Avarice: Transport wants all of the end-to-end functionality. (Of course, it deserves it, but life isn't fair.) 3. Gluttony: (Connection-Oriented) Network is overweight and overbearing after trying too often to eat Transport's lunch. 2. Envy: Poor Data Link is always starved for attention. (With Asynchronous Transfer Mode, maybe now it is feeling less neglected.) 1. Pride: Physical has managed to avoid much of the controversy, and nearly all of the embarrassment, suffered by the others. John G. Fletcher described how the OSIRM layers correspond to Snow White's dwarf friends: 7. Doc: Application acts as if it is in charge, but sometimes muddles its syntax. 6. Sleepy: Presentation is indolent, being guilty of the sin of Sloth. 5. Dopey: Session is confused because its charter is not very clear. 4. Grumpy: Transport is irritated because Network has encroached on Transport's turf. 3. Happy: Network smiles for the same reason that Transport is irritated. 2. Sneezy: Data Link makes loud noises in the hope of attracting attention. 1. Bashful: Physical quietly does its work, unnoticed by the others. $ operational integrity (I) Synonym for "system integrity"; this synonym emphasizes the actual performance of system functions rather than just the ability to perform them. Shirey Informational [Page 190] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ operational security 1. (I) System capabilities, or performance of system functions, that are needed either (a) to securely manage a system or (b) to manage security features of a system. (Compare: operations security (OPSEC).) Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition because (a) the definition provided here is general and vague and (b) the term could easily be confused with "operations security", which is a different concept. Tutorial: For example, in the context of an Internet service provider, the term could refer to capabilities to manage network devices in the event of attacks, simplify troubleshooting, keep track of events that affect system integrity, help analyze sources of attacks, and provide administrators with control over network addresses and protocols to help mitigate the most common attacks and exploits. [R3871] 2. (D) Synonym for "administrative security". Deprecated Definition: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "administrative security". Any type of security may affect system operations; therefore, the term may be misleading. Instead, use "administrative security", "communication security", "computer security", "emanations security", "personnel security", "physical security", or whatever specific type is meant. (See: security architecture. Compare: operational integrity, OPSEC.) $ operations security (OPSEC) (I) A process to identify, control, and protect evidence of the planning and execution of sensitive activities and operations, and thereby prevent potential adversaries from gaining knowledge of capabilities and intentions. (See: communications cover. Compare: operational security.) $ operator (I) A person who has been authorized to direct selected functions of a system. (Compare: manager.) Usage: ISDs that use this term SHOULD state a definition for it because a system operator may or may not be treated as a "user". $ OPSEC 1. (I) Abbreviation for "operations security". 2. (D) Abbreviation for "operational security". Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this abbreviation for "operational security" (as defined in this Glossary), because its use for "operations security" has been well established for many Shirey Informational [Page 191] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 years, particular in the military community. $ ORA See: organizational registration authority. $ Orange Book (D) /slang/ Synonym for "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria" [CSC001, DoD1]. Deprecated Usage: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria" [CSC001, DoD1]. Instead, use the full, proper name of the document or, in subsequent references, the abbreviation "TCSEC". (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ organizational certificate 1. (I) An X.509 public-key certificate in which the "subject" field contains the name of an institution or set (e.g., a business, government, school, labor union, club, ethnic group, nationality, system, or group of individuals playing the same role), rather than the name of an individual person or device. (Compare: persona certificate, role certificate.) Tutorial: Such a certificate might be issued for one of the following purposes: - To enable an individual to prove membership in the organization. - To enable an individual to represent the organization, i.e., to act in its name and with it powers or permissions. 2. (O) /MISSI/ A type of MISSI X.509 public-key certificate that is issued to support organizational message handling for the U.S. DoD's Defense Message System. $ organizational registration authority (ORA) 1. (I) /PKI/ An RA for an organization. 2. (O) /MISSI/ An end entity that (a) assists a PCA, CA, or SCA to register other end entities, by gathering, verifying, and entering data and forwarding it to the signing authority and (b) may also assist with card management functions. An ORA is a local administrative authority, and the term refers both to the role and to the person who plays that role. An ORA does not sign certificates, CRLs, or CKLs. (See: no-PIN ORA, SSO-PIN ORA, user- PIN ORA.) $ origin authentication (D) Synonym for "data origin authentication". (See: authentication, data origin authentication.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it suggests careless use of the internationally standardized term "data origin Shirey Informational [Page 192] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 authentication" and also could be confused with "peer entity authentication." $ origin authenticity (D) Synonym for "data origin authentication". (See: authenticity, data origin authentication.) Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; it suggests careless use of the internationally standardized term "data origin authentication" and mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. $ OSI, OSIRM (N) See: Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. $ OSIRM Security Architecture (N) The part of the OSIRM [I7498-2] that specifies the security services and security mechanisms that can be applied to protect communications between two systems. (See: security architecture.) Tutorial: This part of the OSIRM includes an allocation of security services to protocol layers. The following table show which security services (see definitions in this Glossary) are permitted by the OSIRM in each of its layer. (Also, an application process that operates above the Application Layer may itself provide security services.) Similarly, the table suggests which services are suitable for each IPS layer. However, explaining and justifying these allocations is beyond the scope of this Glossary. Legend for Table Entries: O = Yes, [IS7498-2] permits the service in this OSIRM layer. I = Yes, the service can be incorporated in this IPS layer. * = This layer subsumed by Application Layer in IPS. Shirey Informational [Page 193] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 IPS Protocol Layers +-----------------------------------------+ |Network| Net |In-| Trans | Application | | H/W |Inter|ter| -port | | | |-face|net| | | OSIRM Protocol Layers +-----------------------------------------+ | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | Confidentiality +-----------------------------------------+ - Datagram | O I | O I | O I | O I | | O * | O I | - Selective Field | | | I | | | O * | O I | - Traffic Flow | O | | O | | | | O | -- Full | I | | | | | | | -- Partial | | I | I | | | | I | Integrity +-----------------------------------------+ - Datagram | I | I | O I | O I | | | O I | - Selective Field | | | I | | | | O I | - Stream | | | O I | O I | | | O I | Authentication +-----------------------------------------+ - Peer Entity | | I | O I | O I | | | O I | - Data Origin | | I | O I | O I | | | O I | Access Control +-----------------------------------------+ - type as appropriate | | I | O I | O I | | | O I | Non-Repudiation +-----------------------------------------+ - of Origin | | | | | | | O I | - of Receipt | | | | | | | O I | +-----------------------------------------+ $ OTAR (N) See: over-the-air rekeying. $ OTP (I) See: One-Time Password. $ out-of-band (I) /adjective, adverb/ Information transfer using a channel or method that is outside (i.e., separate from or different from) the main channel or normal method. Tutorial: Out-of-band mechanisms are often used to distribute shared secrets (e.g., a symmetric key) or other sensitive information items (e.g., a root key) that are needed to initialize or otherwise enable the operation of cryptography or other security mechanisms. Example: Using postal mail to distribute printed or magnetic media containing symmetric cryptographic keys for use in Internet encryption devices. (See: key distribution.) $ output feedback (OFB) (N) A block cipher mode that modifies ECB mode to operate on plaintext segments of variable length less than or equal to the block length. [FP081] (See: block cipher, [SP38A].) Tutorial: This mode operates by directly using the algorithm's previously generated output block as the algorithm's next input Shirey Informational [Page 194] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 block (i.e., by "feeding back" the output block) and combining (exclusive OR-ing) the output block with the next plaintext segment (of block length or less) to form the next ciphertext segment. $ outside attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". Compare: outsider.) $ outsider (I) A user (usually a person) that accesses a system from a position that is outside the system's security perimeter. (Compare: authorized user, insider, unauthorized user.) Tutorial: The actions performed by an outsider in accessing the system may be either authorized or unauthorized; i.e., an outsider may act either as an authorized user or as an unauthorized user. $ over-the-air rekeying (OTAR) (N) Changing a key in a remote cryptographic device by sending a new key directly to the device via a channel that the device is protecting. [C4009] $ overload (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "obstruction". $ P1363 (N) See: IEEE P1363. $ PAA (O) See: policy approving authority. $ package (N) /Common Criteria/ A reusable set of either functional or assurance components, combined in a single unit to satisfy a set of identified security objectives. (Compare: protection profile.) Example: The seven EALs defined in Part 3 of the Common Criteria are predefined assurance packages. Tutorial: A package is a combination of security requirement components and is intended to be reusable in the construction of either more complex packages or protection profiles and security targets. A package expresses a set of either functional or assurance requirements that meet some particular need, expressed as a set of security objectives. $ packet (I) A block of data that is carried from a source to a destination through a communication channel or, more generally, across a network. (Compare: datagram, PDU.) Shirey Informational [Page 195] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ packet filter (I) See: secondary definition under "filtering router". $ packet monkey (D) /slang/ Someone who floods a system with packets, creating a denial-of-service condition for the system's users. (See: cracker.) Deprecated Term: It is likely that other cultures use different metaphors for this concept. Therefore, to avoid international misunderstanding, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ pagejacking (D) /slang/ A contraction of "Web page hijacking". A masquerade attack in which the attacker copies (steals) a home page or other material from the target server, rehosts the page on a server the attacker controls, and causes the rehosted page to be indexed by the major Web search services, thereby diverting browsers from the target server to the attacker's server. Deprecated Term: ISDs SHOULD NOT use this contraction. The term is not listed in most dictionaries and could confuse international readers. (See: Deprecated Usage under "Green Book".) $ PAN (O) See: primary account number. $ PAP (I) See: Password Authentication Protocol. $ parity bit (I) A checksum that is computed on a block of bits by computing the binary sum of the individual bits in the block and then discarding all but the low-order bit of the sum. (See: checksum.) $ partitioned security mode (N) A mode of system operation wherein all users having access to the system have the necessary security clearances for all data handled by the system, but some users might not have either formal access approval or need-to-know for all the data. (See: /system operation/ under "mode", formal access approval, need to know, protection level, security clearance.) Usage: Usually abbreviated as "partitioned mode". This term was defined in U.S. Government policy on system accreditation. $ PASS (N) See: personnel authentication system string. $ passive attack (I) See: secondary definition under "attack". Shirey Informational [Page 196] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ passive user (I) See: secondary definition under "user". $ passive wiretapping (I) A wiretapping attack that attempts only to observe a communication flow and gain knowledge of the data it contains, but does not alter or otherwise affect that flow. (See: wiretapping. Compare: passive attack, active wiretapping.) $ password 1a. (I) A secret data value, usually a character string, that is presented to a system by a user to authenticate the user's identity. (See: authentication information, challenge-response, PIN, simple authentication.) 1b. (O) "A character string used to authenticate an identity." [CSC2] 1c. (O) "A string of characters (letters, numbers, and other symbols) used to authenticate an identity or to verify access authorization." [FP140] 1d. (O) "A secret that a claimant memorizes and uses to authenticate his or her identity. Passwords are typically character strings." [SP63] Tutorial: A password is usually paired with a user identifier that is explicit in the authentication process, although in some cases the identifier may be implicit. A password is usually verified by matching it to a stored value held by the access control system for that identifier. Using a password as authentication information is based on assuming that the password is known only by the system entity for which the identity is being authenticated. Therefore, in a network environment where wiretapping is possible, simple authentication that relies on transmission of static (i.e., repetitively used) passwords in cleartext form is inadequate. (See: one-time password, strong authentication.) $ Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) (I) A simple authentication mechanism in PPP. In PAP, a user identifier and password are transmitted in cleartext form. [R1334] (See: CHAP.) $ password sniffing (D) /slang/ Passive wiretapping to gain knowledge of passwords. (See: Deprecated Usage under "sniffing".) $ path discovery (I) For a digital certificate, the process of finding a set of Shirey Informational [Page 197] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 public-key certificates that comprise a certification path from a trusted key to that specific certificate. $ path validation (I) The process of validating (a) all of the digital certificates in a certification path and (b) the required relationships between those certificates, thus validating the contents of the last certificate on the path. (See: certificate validation.) Tutorial: To promote interoperable PKI applications in the Internet, RFC 3280 specifies a detailed algorithm for validation of a certification path. $ payment card (N) /SET/ Collectively refers "to credit cards, debit cards, charge cards, and bank cards issued by a financial institution and which reflects a relationship between the cardholder and the financial institution." [SET2] $ payment gateway (O) /SET/ A system operated by an acquirer, or a third party designated by an acquirer, for the purpose of providing electronic commerce services to the merchants in support of the acquirer, and which interfaces to the acquirer to support the authorization, capture, and processing of merchant payment messages, including payment instructions from cardholders. [SET1, SET2] $ payment gateway certification authority (SET PCA) (O) /SET/ A CA that issues digital certificates to payment gateways and is operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an acquirer, or another party according to brand rules. A SET PCA issues a CRL for compromised payment gateway certificates. [SET2] (See: PCA.) $ PC card (N) A type of credit card-sized, plug-in peripheral device that was originally developed to provide memory expansion for portable computers, but is also used for other kinds of functional expansion. (See: FORTEZZA, PCMCIA.) Tutorial: The international PC Card Standard defines a non- proprietary form factor in three sizes -- Types I, II and III -- each of which have a 68-pin interface between the card and the socket into which it plugs. All three types have the same length and width, roughly the size of a credit card, but differ in their thickness from 3.3 to 10.5 mm. Examples include storage modules, modems, device interface adapters, and cryptographic modules. $ PCA (D) Abbreviation of various kinds of "certification authority". (See: Internet policy certification authority, (MISSI) policy creation authority, (SET) payment gateway certification Shirey Informational [Page 198] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 authority.) Deprecated Usage: An ISD that uses this abbreviation SHOULD define it at the point of first use. $ PCI (N) See: "protocol control information" under "protocol data unit". $ PCMCIA (N) Personal Computer Memory Card International Association, a group of manufacturers, developers, and vendors, founded in 1989 to standardize plug-in peripheral memory cards for personal computers and now extended to deal with any technology that works in the PC Card form factor. (See: PC card.) $ PDS (N) See: protective distribution system. $ PDU (N) See: protocol data unit. $ peer entity authentication (I) "The corroboration that a peer entity in an association is the one claimed." [I7498-2] (See: authentication.) $ peer entity authentication service (I) A security service that verifies an identity claimed by or for a system entity in an association. (See: authentication, authentication service.) Tutorial: This service is used at the establishment of, or at times during, an association to confirm the identity of one entity to another, thus protecting against a masquerade by the first entity. However, unlike data origin authentication service, this service requires an association to exist between the two entities, and the corroboration provided by the service is valid only at the current time that the service is provided. (See: "relationship between data integrity service and authentication services" under "data integrity service"). $ PEM (I) See: Privacy Enhanced Mail. $ penetrate 1a. (I) Circumvent a system's security protections. (See: attack, break, violation.) 1b. (I) Successfully and repeatedly gain unauthorized access to a protected system resource. [Huff] Shirey Informational [Page 199] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 $ penetration (I) /threat action/ See: secondary definition under "intrusion". $ penetration test (I) A system test, often part of system certification, in which evaluators attempt to circumvent the security features of a system. [NCS04, SP42] (See: tiger team.) Tutorial: Penetration testing evaluates the relative vulnerability of a system to attacks and identifies methods of gaining access to a system by using tools and techniques that are available to adversaries. Testing may be performed under various constraints and conditions, including a specified level of knowledge of the system design and implementation. For a TCSEC evaluation, testers are assumed to have all system design and implementation documentation, including source code, manuals, and circuit diagrams, and to work under no greater constraints than those applied to ordinary users. $ perfect forward secrecy (I) For a key agreement protocol, the property that compromise of long-term keying material does not compromise session keys that were previously derived from the long-term material. (Compare: public-key forward secrecy.) Usage: Some existing RFCs use this term but either do not define it or do not define it precisely. While preparing this Glossary, we found this to be a muddled area. Experts did not agree. For all practical purposes, the literature defines "perfect forward secrecy" by stating the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle algorithm. The term "public-key forward secrecy" (suggested by Hilarie Orman) and the definition stated for it in this Glossary were crafted to be compatible with current Internet documents, yet be narrow and leave room for improved terminology. Challenge to the Internet security community: We need a taxonomy of terms and definitions to cover the basic properties discussed here for the full range of cryptographic algorithms and protocols used in Internet Standards: Involvement of session keys vs. long-term keys: Experts disagree about the basic ideas involved: - One concept of "forward secrecy" is that, given observations of the operation of a key establishment protocol up to time t, and given some of the session keys derived from those protocol runs, you cannot derive unknown past session keys or future session keys. - A related property is that, given observations of the protocol and knowledge of the derived session keys, you cannot derive one or more of the long-term private keys. - The "I" definition presented above involves a third concept of "forward secrecy" that refers to the effect of the compromise Shirey Informational [Page 200] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 of long-term keys. - All three concepts involve the idea that a compromise of "this" encryption key is not supposed to compromise the "next" one. There also is the idea that compromise of a single key will compromise only the data protected by the single key. In Internet literature, the focus has been on protection against decryption of back traffic in the event of a compromise of secret key material held by one or both parties to a communication. Forward vs. backward: Experts are unhappy with the word "forward", because compromise of "this" encryption key also is not supposed to compromise the "previous" one, which is "backward" rather than forward. In S/KEY, if the key used at time t is compromised, then all keys used prior to that are compromised. If the "long-term" key (i.e., the base of the hashing scheme) is compromised, then all keys past and future are compromised; thus, you could say that S/KEY has neither forward nor backward secrecy. Asymmetric cryptography vs. symmetric: Experts disagree about forward secrecy in the context of symmetric cryptographic systems. In the absence of asymmetric cryptography, compromise of any long- term key seems to compromise any session key derived from the long-term key. For example, Kerberos isn't forward secret, because compromising a client's password (thus compromising the key shared by the client and the authentication server) compromises future session keys shared by the client and the ticket-granting server. Ordinary forward secrecy vs. "perfect" forward secret: Experts disagree about the difference between these two. Some say there is no difference, and some say that the initial naming was unfortunate and suggest dropping the word "perfect". Some suggest using "forward secrecy" for the case where one long-term private key is compromised, and adding "perfect" for when both private keys (or, when the protocol is multi-party, all private keys) are compromised. Acknowledgements: Bill Burr, Burt Kaliski, Steve Kent, Paul Van Oorschot, Jonathan Trostle, Michael Wiener, and, especially, Hilarie Orman contributed ideas to this discussion. $ perimeter See: security perimeter. $ periods processing (I) A mode of system operation in which information of different sensitivities is processed at distinctly different times by the same system, with the system being properly purged or sanitized between periods. (See: color change.) Tutorial: The security mode of operation and maximum classification of data handled by the system is established for an Shirey Informational [Page 201] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 interval of time and then is changed for the following interval of time. A period extends from the secure initialization of the system to the completion of any purging of sensitive data handled by the system during the period. $ permanent storage (I) Non-volatile media that, once written into, can never be completely erased. $ permission 1a. (I) Synonym for "authorization". (Compare: privilege.) 1b. (N) An authorization or set of authorizations to perform security-relevant functions in the context of role-based access control. [ANSI] Tutorial: A permission is a positively stated authorization for access that (a) can be associated with one or more roles and (b) enables a user in a role to access a specified set of system resources by causing a specific set of system actions to be performed on the resources. $ persona certificate (I) An X.509 certificate issued to a system entity that wishes to use a persona to conceal its true identity when using PEM or other Internet services that depend on PKI support. (See: anonymity.) [R1422] Tutorial: PEM designers intended that (a) a CA issuing persona certificates would explicitly not be vouching for the identity of the system entity to whom the certificate is issued, (b) such certificates would be issued only by CAs subordinate to a policy CA having a policy stating that purpose (i.e., that would warn relying parties that the "subject" field DN represented only a persona and not a true, vetted user identity), and (c) the CA would not need to maintain records binding the true identity of the subject to the certificate. However, the PEM designers also intended that a CA issuing persona certificates would establish procedures (d) to enable "the holder of a PERSONA certificate to request that his certificate be revoked" and (e) to ensure that it did not issue the same subject DN to multiple users. The latter condition implies that a persona certificate is not an organizational certificate unless the organization has just one member or representative. $ personal identification number (PIN) 1a. (I) A character string used as a password to gain access to a system resource. (See: authentication information.) Example: A cryptographic token typically requires its user to enter a PIN in order to access information stored in the token and Shirey Informational [Page 202] Internet-Draft Internet Security Glossary, Version 2 22 Aug. 2006 invoke the token's cryptographic functions. 1b. (O) An alphanumeric code or password used to authenticate an identity. Tutorial: Despite the words "identification" and "number", a PIN seldom serves as a user identifier, and a PIN's characters are not necessarily all numeric. Retail banking applications use 4-digit numeric user PINs, but the FORTEZZA PC card uses 12-character alphanumeric SSO PINs. (See: SSO PIN, user PIN.) A better name for this concept would have been "personnel authentication system string" (PASS), in which case an alphanumeric character string for this purpose would have been called, obviously, a "PASSword". $ personal infor